ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    February 28,
    1991
    IN THE MATTER OF:
    )
    PACT DEFICIENCIES IN THE
    )
    CHICAGO AREA:
    AMENDMENTS
    )
    R91-7
    TO 35 ILL.ADM.CODE
    PART
    215
    )
    (Rulemaking)
    AND THE ADDITION OF PART 218
    )
    Proposed Rule.
    First Notice.
    ORDER OF THE BOARD
    (by J. Theodore Meyer):
    On January 17,
    1991,
    the Illinois Environmental Protection
    Agency
    (Agency) filed this proposal for rulemaking.
    The proposal
    seeks to correct deficiencies identified by the United States
    Environmental Protection Agency
    (USEPA)
    in Illinois’ state
    implementation plan
    (SIP)
    for ozone in the Chicago area,
    and
    contains regulations requiring the implementation of reasonably
    available control technology
    (PACT)
    for certain sources of
    volatile organic material
    (VOM).
    The Board accepted the proposal
    for hearing on February 7,
    1991.
    The Board also accepted the
    Agency’s certification that this rulemaking is federally required
    pursuant to Section 28.2 of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Act)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, par. 1028.2),
    as amended
    by P.A. 86—1409.
    Today the Board sends this proposal to first notice,
    as
    required by Section 5.01 of the Illinois Administrative Procedure
    Act.
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    127,
    par. 1005.01.)
    The proposal
    is submitted as filed by the Agency, with no alterations.
    The
    Board emphasizes that in sending this proposal to first notice,
    it adopts
    j~
    substantive position on the merits of the proposal.
    The Board believes that publishing the proposal at this time will
    maximize the opportunity for public comment on the proposal.
    Additionally,
    the Board has already stated that it places
    a very
    high priority on the quick resolution of this rulemaking.
    Beginning the statutorily-required first notice period at this
    time will allow for the most expeditious resolution of the
    proceeding.
    The Board notes that two hearings have been scheduled in
    this proceeding.
    These hearings are consolidated hearings with
    docket P91-8 PACT Deficiencies in the Metro-East Area:
    Amendments
    t’~’ 35 Ill.Adm.Code 215 and the Addition of Part 219.
    A hearing will be held in Chicago on Wednesday, April 10,
    1991,
    and a second hearing will be conducted in Granite City on Monday,
    April
    15,
    1991.
    Please note that the Chicago hearing will be
    limited to discussion of proposed amendments to Part 215 and to
    119—237

    2
    the proposed addition of Part 218.
    The Granite City hearing will
    be limited to discussion of the proposed amendments to Part 215
    and to the proposed addition of Part 219.
    Please contact the
    hearing officer for further information about required pre-
    filing of testimony and other hearing matters.
    Finally,
    on February 19,
    1991,
    the Agency moved that the
    Board allow the incorporation by reference of an exhibit from
    P91-B into the docket from the federal implementation plan
    (FIP).
    The FIP docket was filed as supporting material in this
    proceeding,
    and the Agency asks that the Board refer to IEPA
    Exhibit 1-g in R91-8
    in its use of the FIP docket at index item
    XVI-3.
    The Agency’s motion is granted.
    The Board directs the Clerk to cause first notice
    publication in the Illinois Register of the following amendments:
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER
    I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER
    c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
    PART 218
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
    FOR THE CHICAGO AREA
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    218.100
    Introduction
    218.101
    Clean-up and Disposal Operations
    218.102
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    218.103
    Applicability
    218.104
    Definitions
    218.105
    Test Methods and Procedures
    218.106
    Compliance Dates
    218.107
    Afterburners
    218.108
    Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means of
    Control or Compliance Determinations
    218.109
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    218.110
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvents
    218.111
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    218.112
    Incorporations by Reference
    SUBPART B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.121
    Storage Containers
    218.122
    Loading Operations
    218.123
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    119—238

    3
    218.124
    External Floating Roofs
    218.125
    Compliance Dates
    218.126
    Compliance Plan
    218.127
    Emissions Testing
    218.128
    Measurement of Seal Gaps
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.141
    Separation Operations
    218.142
    Pumps and Compressors
    218.143
    Vapor Blowdown
    218.144
    Safety Relief Valves
    SUBPART
    E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    218.181
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    218.182
    Cold Cleaning
    218.183
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    218.184
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    218.185
    Compliance Schedule
    218.186
    Test Methods
    SUBPART F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.204
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    218.205
    Daily—Weighted Average Limitations
    218.206
    Solids Basis Calculation
    218.207
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    218.208
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    218.209
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    218.210
    Compliance Schedule
    218.211
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    SUBPART G:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section
    218.301
    Use of Organic Material
    218.302
    Alternative Standard
    218.303
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    218.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    SUBPART
    H:
    PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
    Section
    218.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    218.402
    Applicability
    218.403
    Compliance Schedule
    218.404
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    218.405
    Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
    119—239

    SUBPART
    Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Section
    218.421
    General Requirements
    218.422
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    218.423
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    218.424
    Repairing Leaks
    218.425
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    218.426
    Report for Leaks
    218.427
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    218.428
    Open—ended Valves
    218.429
    Standards for Control Devices
    218.430
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART R:
    PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT
    MATERIALS
    Section
    218.441
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    218.442
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    218.443
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water) Separator
    218.444
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    218.445
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    218.446
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    218.447
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    218.448
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    218.449
    Reporting for Leaks
    218.450
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    218.451
    Sealing Device Requirements
    218.452
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    218.453
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section
    218.461
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    218.462
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    218.463
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    218.464
    Emission Testing
    218.465
    Compliance Dates
    218.466
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Section
    218.480
    Applicability of Subpart T
    218.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    218.482
    Control
    of Air Dryers, Production Equipment Exhaust
    Systems and Filters
    119—240

    5
    218.483
    218.484
    218.485
    218.486
    218.487
    218.488
    218.489
    Section
    218.521
    218.525
    218.526
    218.527
    Section
    218.541
    Section
    218. 581
    218.582
    218.583
    218.584
    218.585
    Section
    218. 601
    218. 602
    218. 603
    218.604
    218.605
    218.606
    218.607
    218.608
    218.609
    218.610
    218.611
    Material Storage and Transfer
    In—Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Monitoring and Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Definitions
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Pesticide Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY CLEANERS
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    Testing and Monitoring
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    Section
    218.561
    218.562
    218.563
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    119—24 1

    6
    218.612
    Compliance Dates
    218.613
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT AND INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Section
    218.620
    218.621
    218. 623
    218.624
    218.625
    218.626
    218.628
    218.630
    218.636
    218.637
    Section
    218.875
    218.877
    218.879
    218.881
    218.883
    218.886
    SUBPART PP:
    Section
    218.920
    218.923
    218.926
    218.927
    218.928
    Applicability
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    Permit Conditions
    Open—top Mills, Tanks,
    Vats or Vessels
    Grinding Mills
    Storage Tanks
    Leaks
    Clean Up
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    SUBPART BB:
    POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    Compliance Date
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Testing
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    218.940
    218.943
    218.946
    218.947
    218.948
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Testing
    Applicability
    Permit Conditions
    Control Requirements
    Compliance Schedule
    Section
    218.960
    218.963
    218.966
    218.967
    SUBPART
    PR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    119—242

    7
    218.968
    Testing
    SUBPART TT:
    OTHER EMISSION SOURCES
    Section
    218.980
    Applicability
    218.983
    Permit Conditions
    218.986
    Control
    Requirements
    218.987
    Compliance Schedule
    218.988
    Testing
    SUBPART
    UU:
    RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR
    NON-CTG
    SOURCES
    Section
    218.990
    Exempt
    Emission
    Sources
    218.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    Appendix A:
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    Appendix
    B:
    VOM
    Measurement
    Techniques
    for
    Capture
    Efficiency
    Appendix
    C:
    Reference
    Methods
    and
    Procedures
    Appendix
    D:
    Coefficients
    for
    the
    Total
    Resource
    Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing
    Section
    10
    and authorized by Section
    28.2 of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, pars.
    1010 and 1028.2)
    SOURCE:
    Adopted
    in R9l-7 at 15
    Ill. Reg.
    _____,
    effective
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 218.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This Part contains standards and limitations for
    emissions of organic material from stationary sources
    located
    in the Chicago area,
    which is comprised of
    Cook,
    DuPage, Kane,
    Lake, McHenry and Will Counties.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Part may be subject to the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 243;
    c)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    119—243

    8
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General Provisions
    2)
    Subparts
    B-F:
    Emissions
    from
    equipment
    and
    operations
    in
    common
    to
    more
    than
    one
    industry;
    3)
    Subpart
    G:
    Emissions
    from
    use
    of
    organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts
    H—end:
    Special
    rules
    for
    various
    industry
    groups.
    Section
    218.101
    Cleanup
    and
    Disposal
    Operation
    Emission of organic material released during clean—up operations
    and disposal shall be included with other emissions of organic
    material
    from
    the
    related
    emission
    source
    or
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    in
    determining
    total
    emissions.
    Section
    218.102
    Abbreviations
    and
    Conversion
    Factors
    a)
    The
    following
    abbreviations
    are
    used
    in
    this
    Part:
    ASTM
    American
    Society
    for
    Testing
    and
    Materials
    bbl
    barrels
    (42
    gallons)
    oC
    degrees
    Celsius
    or
    centigrade
    cm
    centimeters
    cu
    in.
    cubic inches
    oF
    degrees
    Fahrenheit
    FIP
    Federal Implementation Plan
    ft
    feet
    ft2
    square
    feet
    g
    grams
    gpm
    gallons per minute
    g/mole
    grams per mole
    gal
    gallons
    hr
    hours
    in
    inches
    oK
    degrees
    Kelvin
    kcal
    kilocalories
    kg
    kilograms
    kg/hr
    kilograms per hour
    kPa
    kilopascals; one thousand newtons per square
    meter
    1
    liters
    1/sec
    liters
    per
    second
    lbs
    pounds
    lbs/hr
    pounds
    per
    hour
    lbs/gal
    pounds
    per
    gallon
    LEL
    lower
    explosive
    limit
    m
    meters
    square
    meters
    119—2 44

    9
    in3
    cubic meters
    mg
    milligrams
    Mg
    Megagrains, metric tons or tonnes
    ml
    milliliters
    mm
    minutes
    MJ
    megajoules
    mItt
    Hg
    millimeters
    of
    mercury
    ppm
    parts
    per
    million
    ppinv
    parts
    per
    million
    by
    volume
    psi
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch
    psia
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch
    absolute
    psig
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch gauge
    scf
    standard
    cubic
    feet
    scm
    standard
    cubic
    meters
    sec
    seconds
    SIP
    State
    Implementation
    Plan
    TTE
    temporary total enclosure
    sq cm
    square centimeters
    sq in
    square inches
    T
    English ton
    ton
    English ton
    USEPA
    United
    States Environmental Protection
    Agency
    VOC
    volatile organic compounds
    VOL
    volatile
    organic
    liquids
    VOM
    volatile organic materials
    b)
    The
    following
    conversion
    factors
    are
    used
    in
    this
    Part.
    English
    Metric
    1
    gal
    3.785
    1
    1,000
    gal
    3,785
    1
    or
    3.785
    1
    psia
    6.897
    kPa
    (51.71
    mm
    Hg)
    2.205
    lbs
    1
    kg
    1 bbl
    159.0
    1
    1
    cu
    in
    16.39
    ml
    1 lb/gal
    119,800 mg/i
    1
    ton
    0.907 Mg
    1
    T
    0.907 Mg
    Section
    218.103
    Applicability
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    shall
    apply
    to
    all
    sources
    located
    in
    Cook,
    DuPage,
    Kane,
    Lake,
    McHenry
    or
    Will
    County.
    a)
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    shall
    become
    effective
    sixty days after a final decision by the federal
    appellate court of the general appeal
    (Illinois
    Environmental Regulatory Group v. USEPA, No. 90-2778
    (and consolidated cases)
    (7th Cir.))
    of the federal
    119—245

    10
    implementation plan
    (FIP)
    for the Chicago area
    promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
    (55 Fed. Reg. 26184,
    June 29,
    1990; 55 Fed. Reg.
    31981,
    August
    6,
    1990;
    55
    Fed. Peg.
    39774, September 28,
    1990), provided, however, that
    if a provision of the
    FIP is voided or made ineffective by a federal court,
    the corresponding provision in this proceeding shall
    not become effective.
    b)
    The provisions of this Part specifically applicable to
    each appellant who appealed the FIP for the Chicago
    area shall become effective sixty days after a final
    decision of that appellant’s appeal by the federal
    appellate court; provided, however, that if the
    provisions of the FIP applicable to that party are
    voided or made ineffective by a federal court,
    the
    corresponding provisions in this proceeding shall not
    become effective.
    Section 218.104
    Definitions
    The following terms are defined for the purpose of this Part.
    “Accelacota” means a pharmaceutical coating operation
    which consists of a horizontally rotating perforated
    drum in which tablets are placed,
    a coating is applied
    by spraying, and the coating is dried by the flow of
    air across the drum through the perforations.
    “Accumulator” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a surface condenser.
    “Acid Gases” means for the purposes of Section 9.4 of
    the Environmental Protection Act
    (the Act)
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1987,
    ch.
    111 1/2, par.
    1009.4), hydrogen
    chloride, hydrogen fluoride and hydrogen bromide, which
    exist as gases,
    liquid mist,
    or any combination
    thereof.
    “Actual emissions” means the actual quantity of
    VOM
    emissions from an emission source during a particular
    time period.
    “Actual
    Heat
    Input”
    means
    the
    quantity
    of
    heat
    produced
    by the combustion of fuel using the gross heating value
    of the fuel.
    “Adhesive” means any substance or mixture of substances
    intended to serve as a joining compound.
    “Afterburner” means a control device in which materials
    in gaseous effluent are combusted.
    119—246

    11
    “Air
    contaminant”
    means
    any
    solid,
    liquid,
    or
    gaseous
    matter,
    any
    odor,
    or
    any
    form
    of
    energy,
    that
    is
    capable
    of
    being
    released
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    an
    emission
    source.
    “Air
    dried
    coatings”
    means
    any
    coatings
    that
    dry
    by
    use
    of
    air
    or
    forced
    air
    at
    temperatures
    up
    to
    363.15
    K
    (194
    oF)
    “Air pollution” means the presence in the atmosphere of
    one
    or
    more
    air
    contaminants
    in
    sufficient
    quantities
    and
    of
    such
    characteristics
    and
    duration
    as
    to
    be
    injurious
    to
    human,
    plant,
    or
    animal
    life,
    to
    health,
    or
    to
    property,
    or
    to
    unreasonably
    interfere
    with
    the
    enjoyment
    of
    life
    or
    property.
    “Air
    pollution
    control
    equipment”
    means
    any
    equipment
    or
    facility
    of
    a
    type
    intended
    to
    eliminate,
    prevent,
    reduce
    or
    control
    the
    emission
    of
    specified
    air
    contaminants to the atmosphere.
    “Air suspension coater/dryer” means a pharmaceutical
    coating operation which consists of vertical chambers
    in which tablets or particles are placed, and a coating
    is applied and then dried while the tablets or
    particles are kept in a fluidized state by the passage
    of air upward through the chambers.
    “Airless spray” means
    a spray coating method in which
    the coating is atomized by forcing it through a small
    opening at high pressure.
    The coating liquid is not
    mixed with air before exiting from the nozzle.
    “Air-assisted airless spray” means a spray coating
    method which combines compressed air with hydraulic
    pressure to atomize the coating material into finer
    droplets than is achieved with pure airless spray.
    Lower hydraulic pressure is used than with airless
    spray.
    “Allowable emissions” means the quantity of VOM
    emissions during a particular time period from a
    stationary source calculated using the maximum rated
    capacity of the source
    (unless restricted by federally
    enforceable limitations on operating rate, hours of
    operation,
    or both)
    and the most stringent of:
    the
    applicable standards in 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61; the
    applicable implementation plan; or a federally
    enforceable permit.
    “Ambient air quality standards” means those standards
    119—24 7

    12
    designed
    to
    protect
    the
    public
    health
    and
    welfare
    codified
    in
    40
    CFR
    Part
    50
    and
    promulgated
    from
    time
    to
    time
    by
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    authority
    contained
    in
    Section
    108
    of
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    42
    U.S.C.
    7401
    et
    seq.,
    as
    amended
    from
    time
    to
    time.
    “Applicator”
    means
    a
    device
    used
    in
    a
    coating
    line
    to
    apply
    coating.
    “As
    applied”
    means
    the
    exact
    formulation
    of
    a
    coating
    during
    application
    on
    or
    impregnation
    into
    a
    substrate.
    “Architectural
    Coating”
    means
    any
    coating
    used
    for
    residential
    or
    commercial
    buildings
    or
    their
    appurtenances,
    or
    for
    industrial
    buildings,
    which
    is
    site applied.
    “Asphalt”
    means
    the
    dark—brown
    to
    black
    cementitious
    material
    (solid,
    semisolid,
    or
    liquid
    in
    consistency)
    of
    which
    the
    main
    constituents
    are
    bitumens
    which
    occur
    naturally
    or
    as
    a
    residue
    of
    petroleum
    refining.
    “Asphalt
    Prime
    Coat”
    means
    a
    low-viscosity
    liquid
    asphalt
    applied
    to
    an
    absorbent
    surface
    as
    the
    first
    of
    more
    than
    one
    asphalt
    coat.
    “Automobile”
    means
    a
    motor
    vehicle
    capable
    of
    carrying
    no
    more
    than
    12
    passengers.
    “Automobile
    or
    light-duty
    truck
    assembly
    plant”
    means
    a
    facility
    where
    parts
    are
    assembled
    or
    finished
    for
    eventual
    inclusion
    into
    a
    finished
    automobile
    or
    light-duty
    truck
    ready
    for
    sale
    to
    vehicle
    dealers,
    but
    not
    including
    customizers,
    body
    shops,
    and
    other
    repainters.
    “Automobile
    or
    light-duty
    truck
    refinishing”
    means
    the
    repainting
    of
    used
    automobiles
    and
    light-duty
    trucks.
    “Baked
    coatings”
    means
    any
    coating
    which
    is
    cured
    or
    dried
    in
    an
    oven
    where
    the
    oven
    air
    temperature
    exceeds
    90°C (l94oF).
    “Batch Loading” means the process of loading a number
    of
    individual
    parts
    at
    the
    same
    time
    for
    degreasing.
    “Bead-Dipping”
    means
    the
    dipping
    of
    an
    assembled
    tire
    bead
    into
    a
    solvent—based
    cement.
    “Binders”
    means
    organic
    materials
    and
    resins
    which
    do
    not
    contain
    VOM.
    119—248

    13
    “Bituminous coatings” means black or brownish coating
    materials which are soluble in carbon disulfide,
    which
    consist mainly of hydrocarbons,
    and which are obtained
    from natural deposits or as residues from the
    distillation of crude oils or of low grades of coal.
    “British Thermal Unit” means the quantity of heat
    required to raise one pound of water from 60°Fto 61°F
    (abbreviated btu).
    “Brush or wipe coating” means a manual method of
    applying a coating using
    a brush,
    cloth,
    or similar
    object.
    “Bulk gasoline plant” means a gasoline storage and
    distribution facility with an average throughput
    of
    76,000
    1
    (20,000 gal)
    or less on a 30—day rolling
    average that distributes gasoline to gasoline
    dispensing facilities.
    “Bulk Gasoline Terminal” means any gasoline storage and
    distribution facility that receives gasoline by
    pipeline,
    ship or barge, and distributes gasoline to
    bulk gasoline plants or gasoline dispensing facilities.
    “Can” means any metal container, with or without
    a top,
    cover,
    spout or handles,
    into which solid or liquid
    materials are packaged.
    “Can coating” means any coating applied on a single
    walled container that is manufactured from metal sheets
    thinner than 29 gauge
    (0.0141 in.).
    “Can coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more can coating line(s).
    “Can coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating
    is
    applied onto the surface of cans or can components.
    “Capture” means the containment or recovery of
    emissions from a process for direction into a duct
    which may be exhausted through a stack or vent to
    a
    control device.
    The overall abatement of emissions
    from a process with an add—on control device is a
    function both of the capture efficiency and of the
    control device.
    “Capture device” means a hood, enclosed room floor
    sweep or other means of collecting solvent or other
    pollutants into a duct.
    The pollutant can then be
    directed to a pollution control device such as an
    119—249

    14
    afterburner
    or
    carbon
    adsorber.
    Sometimes
    the
    term
    is
    used
    loosely
    to
    include
    the
    control
    device.
    “Capture
    efficiency”
    means
    the
    fraction
    of
    all
    VON
    generated
    by
    a
    process
    that
    are
    directed
    to
    an
    abatement
    or
    recovery
    device.
    “Capture
    system”
    means
    all
    equipment
    (including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    hoods,
    ducts,
    fans,
    ovens,
    dryers,
    etc.)
    used
    to
    contain,
    collect
    and
    transport
    an
    air
    pollutant
    to
    a
    control
    device.
    “Clean
    Air
    Act”
    means
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    of
    1963,
    as
    amended,
    including
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    Amendments
    of
    1977,
    (42
    U.S.C.
    7401
    et
    seq.),
    and
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act
    Amendments
    of
    1990,
    (P.A.
    101549).
    “Clear
    coating”
    means
    coatings
    that
    lack
    color
    and
    opacity
    or
    are
    transparent
    using
    the
    undercoat
    as
    a
    ref lectant
    base
    or
    undertone
    color.
    “Clear
    topcoat”
    means
    the
    final
    coating
    which
    contains
    binders,
    but
    not
    opaque
    pigments,
    and
    is
    specifically
    formulated
    to
    form
    a
    transparent
    or
    translucent
    solid
    protective
    film.
    “Closed
    Purge
    System”
    means
    a
    system
    that
    is
    not
    open
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    that
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections,
    and,
    if
    necessary,
    flow
    inducing
    devices
    that
    transport
    liquid
    or
    vapor
    from
    a
    piece
    or
    pieces
    of
    equipment
    to
    a
    control
    device,
    or
    return
    the
    liquid
    or
    vapor
    to
    the
    process
    line.
    “Closed
    vent
    system”
    means
    a
    system
    that
    is
    not
    open
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections,
    and,
    if
    necessary,
    flow
    inducing
    devices
    that
    transport
    gas
    or
    vapor
    from
    an
    emission
    source
    to
    a
    control
    device.
    “Coating”
    means
    a
    material
    applied
    onto
    or
    impregnated
    into
    a
    substrate
    for
    protective,
    decorative,
    or
    functional
    purposes.
    Such
    materials
    include,
    but
    are
    not
    limited
    to,
    paints,
    varnishes,
    sealers,
    adhesives,
    thinners,
    diluents,
    and
    inks.
    “Coating
    applicator”
    means
    equipment
    used
    to
    apply
    a
    coating.
    “Coating
    line”
    means
    an
    operation
    consisting
    of
    a
    series
    of
    one
    or
    more
    coating
    applicators
    and
    any
    associated
    flash—off
    areas,
    drying
    areas,
    and
    ovens
    wherein
    a
    surface
    coating
    is
    applied,
    dried,
    or
    cured.
    119—250

    15
    (It
    is not necessary for an operation to have an oven,
    or
    flash—off
    area,
    or
    drying
    area
    to
    be
    included
    in
    this
    definition.)
    “Coating
    plant”
    means
    any
    plant
    that
    contains
    one
    or
    more
    coating
    line(s).
    “Coil”
    means
    any
    flat
    metal
    sheet
    or
    strip
    that
    is
    rolled
    or
    wound
    in
    concentric
    rings.
    “Coil
    coating”
    means
    any
    coating
    applied
    on
    any
    flat
    metal
    sheet
    or
    strip
    that
    comes
    in
    rolls
    or
    coils.
    “Coil
    coating
    facility”
    means
    a
    facility
    that
    includes
    one
    or
    more
    coil
    coating
    line(s).
    “Coil
    coating
    line”
    means
    a
    coating
    line
    in
    which
    any
    protective,
    decorative
    or
    functional
    coating
    is
    applied
    onto
    the
    surface
    of
    flat
    metal
    sheets,
    strips,
    rolls,
    or
    coils
    for
    industrial
    or
    commercial
    use.
    “Cold
    cleaning”
    means
    the
    process
    of
    cleaning
    and
    removing
    soils
    from
    surfaces
    by
    spraying,
    brushing,
    flushing,
    or
    immersion
    while
    maintaining
    the
    organic
    solvent
    below
    its
    boiling
    point.
    Wipe
    cleaning
    is
    not
    included
    in
    this
    definition.
    “Complete
    Combustion”
    means
    a
    process
    in
    which
    all
    carbon
    contained
    in
    a
    fuel
    or
    gas
    stream
    is
    converted
    to
    carbon
    dioxide.
    “Component”
    means,
    with
    respect
    to
    synthetic
    organic
    chemical
    and
    polymer
    manufacturing
    equipment,
    and
    petroleum
    refining
    and
    related
    industries,
    any
    piece
    of
    equipment
    which
    has
    the
    potential
    to
    leak
    VON
    including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    pump
    seals,
    compressor
    seals,
    seal
    oil
    degassing
    vents,
    pipeline
    valves,
    pressure
    relief
    devices,process
    drains,
    and
    open
    ended
    pipes.
    This
    definition
    excludes
    valves
    which
    are
    not
    externally
    regulated,
    flanges,
    and
    equipment
    in
    heavy
    liquid
    service.
    For
    purposes
    of
    Subpart
    Q
    of
    this
    Part,
    this
    definition
    also
    excludes
    bleed
    ports
    of
    gear
    pumps
    in
    polymer
    service.
    “Concrete
    curing
    compounds”
    means
    any
    coating
    applied
    to
    freshly
    poured
    concrete
    to
    retard
    the
    evaporation
    of
    water.
    “Condensate”
    means
    volatile
    organic
    liquid
    separated
    from
    its
    associated
    gases,
    which
    condenses
    due
    to
    changes
    in
    the
    temperature
    or
    pressure
    and
    remains
    liquid
    at
    standard
    conditions.
    119—25 1

    16
    “Continuous
    process”
    means,
    with
    respect
    to
    polystyrene
    resin,
    a method of manufacture in which the styrene raw
    material is delivered on a continuous basis to the
    reactor
    in
    which
    the
    styrene
    is
    polymerized
    to
    polystyrene.
    “Control
    device”
    means
    equipment
    (such
    as
    an
    afterburner
    or
    adsorber)
    used
    to
    remove
    or
    prevent
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    pollutants
    from
    a
    contaminated
    exhaust
    stream.
    “Control
    device
    efficiency”
    means
    the
    ratio
    of
    the
    pollution
    prevented
    by
    a
    control
    device
    and
    the
    pollution
    introduced
    to
    the
    control
    device,
    expressed
    as
    a
    percentage.
    “Conveyorized
    degreasing”
    means
    the
    continuous
    process
    of
    cleaning
    and
    removing
    soils
    from
    surfaces
    utilizing
    either
    cold
    or
    vaporized
    solvents.
    “Crude
    oil”
    means
    a
    naturally
    occurring
    mixture
    which
    consists
    of
    hydrocarbons
    and
    sulfur,
    nitrogen,
    or
    oxygen
    derivatives
    of
    hydrocarbons
    and
    which
    is
    a
    liquid
    at standard conditions.
    “Crude oil gathering” means the transportation of crude
    oil or condensate after custody transfer between a
    production
    facility
    and
    a
    reception
    point.
    “Custody transfer” means the transfer of produced
    petroleum
    and/or
    condensate
    after
    processing
    and/or
    treating
    in
    the
    producing
    operations,
    from
    storage
    tanks
    or
    automatic
    transfer
    facilities
    to
    pipelines
    or
    any other forms of transportation.
    “Cutback Asphalt” means any asphalt which has been
    liquified
    by
    blending
    with
    petroleum
    solvents
    other
    than
    residual
    fuel
    oil
    and
    has
    not
    been
    emulsified
    with
    water.
    “Daily—weighted
    average
    VON
    content”
    means
    the
    average
    VON content of
    two
    or
    more
    coatings
    as
    applied
    on
    a
    coating
    line
    during
    any
    day,
    taking
    into
    account
    the
    fraction
    of
    total
    coating
    volume
    that
    each
    coating
    represents,
    as
    calculated
    with
    the
    following
    equation:
    VOMW
    =
    ~
    ViCiJ/VT
    119—25 2

    17
    where:
    VOMW
    =
    The
    average
    VOM
    content
    of
    two
    or
    more
    coatings
    as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    a
    coating line
    in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings as
    applied each day on a coating line,
    V~
    The volume of each coating
    (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of
    1
    (gal).
    C~
    =
    The VOM content of each coating as
    applied each day on a coating line in
    units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VON/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    and
    VT
    =
    The total volume of all coatings
    (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON)
    as applied each day
    on a coating line in units of
    1
    (gal).
    “Day” means the consecutive 24 hours beginning at 12:00
    AN
    (midnight)
    local time.
    “Degreaser” means any equipment or system used in
    solvent cleaning.
    “Delivery vessel” means any tank truck or trailer
    equipped with a storage tank that is used for the
    transport of gasoline to a stationary storage tank at a
    gasoline dispensing facility, bulk gasoline plant,
    or
    bulk gasoline terminal.
    “Dip coating” means a method of applying coatings in
    which the part is submerged in a tank filled with the
    coating.
    “Distillate Fuel Oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    1 or
    2 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel oil
    ASTM D—369—69
    (1971)
    119—253

    18
    “Dry
    Cleaning
    Facility”
    means
    a
    facility
    engaged
    in
    the
    cleaning of fabrics using an essentially nonaqueous
    solvent by means of one or more solvent washes,
    extraction of excess solvent by spinning and drying
    by
    tumbling in an airstream.
    The facility includes, but
    is not limited to, washers, dryers, filter and
    purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding
    tanks, pumps and attendant piping and valves.
    “Effluent Water Separator” means any tank,
    box, sump or
    other apparatus in which any organic material floating
    on or entrained or contained in water entering such
    tank,
    box,
    sump or other apparatus is physically
    separated and removed from such water prior to outfall,
    drainage or recovery of such water.
    “Electrostatic bell or disc spray” means an
    electrostatic spray coating method in which a
    rapidly-spinning bell- or disc-shaped applicator is
    used to create a fine mist and apply the coating with
    high transfer efficiency.
    “Electrostatic spray” means a spray coating method
    in
    which opposite electrical charges are applied to the
    substrate and the coating.
    •The coating
    is attracted to
    the object due to the electrostatic potential between
    them.
    “Emission Rate” means total quantity of any air
    contaminant discharge into the atmosphere in any
    one—hour period.
    “Emission source” and “source” mean any facility from
    which VON is emitted or capable of being emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Enamel” means a coating that cures by chemical
    cross—linking of its base resin.
    Enamels can be
    distinguished from lacquers because enamels are not
    readily resoluble in their original solvent.
    “Enclose” means to cover any VOL surface that is
    exposed to the atmosphere.
    “End sealing compound coat” means a compound applied to
    can ends which functions as a gasket when the end
    is
    assembled onto the can.
    “Excess Air” means air supplied in addition to the
    theoretical quantity necessary for complete combustion
    of all fuel and/or combustible waste material.
    119—254

    19
    “Excessive
    release”
    means
    a
    discharge
    of
    more
    than
    295
    g
    (0.65
    lbs)
    of
    mercaptans
    and/or
    hydrogen
    sulfide
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    in
    any
    5—minute
    period.
    “Exterior
    base
    coat”
    means
    a
    coating
    applied
    to
    the
    exterior
    of
    a
    can
    body,
    or
    flat
    sheet
    to
    provide
    protection to the metal or to provide background for
    any lithographic or printing operation.
    “Exterior end coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior end of a can to provide protection to the
    metal.
    “External—floating
    roof”
    means
    a
    cover
    over
    an
    open
    top
    storage tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon
    single
    deck
    which
    rests
    upon
    and
    is
    supported
    by
    the
    volatile organic liquid being contained and is equipped
    with
    a closure seal or seals to close the space between
    the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Extreme environmental conditions” means exposure to
    any or all of the following:
    ambient weather
    conditions;
    temperatures consistently above 95°C
    (203oF); detergents; abrasive and scouring agents;
    solvents; or corrosive atmospheres.
    “Extreme performance coating” means any coating which
    during intended use
    is exposed to extreme environmental
    conditions.
    “Fabric coating” means any coating applied on textile
    fabric.
    Fabric coating includes the application of
    coatings by impregnation.
    “Fabric coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more fabric coating lines.
    “Fabric coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative,
    or functional coating or
    reinforcing material is applied on or impregnated into
    a textile fabric.
    “Federally enforceable” means all limitations and
    conditions which are enforceable by the Administrator
    including those requirements developed pursuant to 40
    CFR Parts
    60 and 61; requirements within any applicable
    implementation plan;
    and any permit requirements
    established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21 or under
    regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR Part 51 Subpart
    I and 40 CFR 51.166.
    “Final repair coat” means the repainting of any topcoat
    119—255

    20
    which is damaged during vehicle assembly.
    “Firebox”
    means
    the
    chamber
    or
    compartment
    of
    a
    boiler
    or furnace in which materials are burned, but not the
    combustion chamber or afterburner of an incinerator.
    “Fixed—roof
    tank”
    means
    a
    cylindrical
    shell
    with
    a
    permanently
    affixed
    roof.
    “Flexographic
    printing”
    means
    the
    application
    of
    words,
    designs,
    and
    pictures
    to
    a
    substrate
    by
    means
    of
    a
    roll
    printing
    technique
    in
    which
    the
    pattern
    to
    be
    applied
    is
    raised
    above
    the
    printing
    roll
    and
    the
    image
    carrier
    is made of elastoineric materials.
    “Flexographic printing line” means a printing line
    in
    which each roll printer uses
    a roll with raised areas
    for applying an image such as words, designs,
    or
    pictures to a substrate.
    The image carrier on the roll
    is made of rubber or other elastomeric material.
    “Floating roof” means a roof on a stationary tank,
    reservoir,
    or other container which moves vertically
    upon change in volume of the stored material.
    “Fountain solution” means the solution which is applied
    to the image plate to maintain hydrophilic properties
    of the non—image areas.
    “Freeboard Height” means for open top vapor degreasers,
    the distance from the top of the vapor zone to the top
    of the degreaser tank.
    For cold cleaning degreasers,
    the distance from the solvent to the top of the
    degreaser tank..
    “Fuel combustion emission source” means any furnace,
    boiler, or similar equipment used for the primary
    purpose of producing heat or power by indirect heat
    transfer.
    “Fuel gas system” means a system for collection of
    refinery fuel gas including,
    but not limited to, piping
    for collecting tail gas. from various process units,
    mixing drums and controls, and distribution piping.
    “Gas service” means that the component contains process
    fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating
    conditions.
    “Gas/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which rely only on gas phase
    measurements.
    The first method requires construction
    119—256

    21
    of a temporary total enclosure (TTE)
    to ensure that all
    would—be fugitive emissions are measured.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VOM sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed, but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate or petroleum
    distillate/alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure
    of 27.6 kPa or greater which is used as a fuel for
    internal combustion engines.
    “Gasoline dispensing facility” means any site where
    gasoline is transferred from a stationary storage tank
    to a motor vehicle gasoline tank used to provide fuel
    to the engine of that motor vehicle.
    “Green Tire Spraying” means the spraying of green
    tires,
    both inside and outside, with release compounds
    which help remove air from the tire during molding and
    prevent the tire from sticking to the mold after
    curing.
    “Green Tires” means assembled tires before molding and
    curing have occurred.
    “Gross vehicle weight” means the manufacturer’s gross
    weight rating for the individual vehicle.
    “Gross vehicle weight rating” means the value specified
    by the manufacturer as the maximum design loaded weight
    of a single vehicle.
    “Heated airless spray” means an airless spray coating
    method in which the coating is heated just prior to
    application.
    “Heatset”
    means
    a
    class
    of
    web—offset
    lithography
    which
    requires a heated dryer to solidify the printing inks.
    “Heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line” means a
    lithographic printing line in which a blanket cylinder
    is used to transfer ink from a plate cylinder to a
    substrate continuously fed from a roll or an extension
    process and an oven is used to solidify the printing
    inks.
    “Heavy liquid” means
    liquid with a true vapor pressure
    of less than 0.3 kPa
    (0.04 psi)
    at
    294.3oK
    (70°F)
    established in a standard reference text or as
    119—257

    22
    determined
    by
    ASTN
    method
    D2879-86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112);
    or
    which
    has
    0.1
    Reid
    Vapor
    Pressure
    as
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    method
    D323-82
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112);
    or
    which when distilled requires a temperature of
    421.95oK
    (300°F) or greater to recover 10 percent of the liquid
    as determined by ASTM method D86-82
    (incorporated
    by
    reference in Section 218.112).
    “Heavy off—highway vehicle products” means,
    for the
    purpose of Subpart F of this Part, heavy construction,
    mining,
    farming, or material handling equipment; heavy
    industrial engines; diesel—electric locomotives and
    associated power generation equipment; and the
    components of such equipment or engines.
    “Heavy off-highway vehicle products coating facility”
    means a facility that includes one or more heavy
    off-highway vehicle products coating line(s).
    “Heavy off—highway vehicle products coating line” means
    a coating line in which any protective, decorative,
    or
    functional coating is applied onto the surface of heavy
    off-highway vehicle products.
    “High
    temperature aluminum coating” means a coating
    that is certified to withstand a temperature of
    537.8°C
    (l000oF)
    for 24 hours.
    “Hood” means a partial enclosure or canopy for
    capturing and exhausting,
    by means
    of a draft,
    the
    organic vapors or other fumes rising from a coating
    process
    or
    other
    source.
    “Hood capture efficiency” means the emissions from a
    process which are captured by the hood and directed
    into a control device, expressed as
    a
    percentage
    of
    all
    emissions.
    “Hot well” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a barometric condenser.
    “Hour” means a block period of 60 minutes
    (e.g.,
    1:00am
    to 2:00am).
    “In—process tank” means a container used for mixing,
    blending, heating,
    reacting, holding, crystallizing,
    evaporating or cleaning operations
    in the manufacture
    of pharmaceuticals.
    “In—situ Sampling Systems” means nonextractive samplers
    or in—line samplers.
    119—258

    23
    “In
    vacuum
    service”
    means,
    for
    the
    purpose
    of
    Subpart
    Q
    of
    this
    Part,
    equipment
    which
    is
    operating
    at
    an
    internal pressure that is at least
    5 kPa (0.73 psia)
    below ambient pressure.
    “Incinerator” means a combustion apparatus in which
    refuse is burned.
    “Indirect heat transfer” means transfer of heat in such
    a way that the source of heat does not come into direct
    contact with process materials.
    “Ink” means a coating used in printing,
    impressing,
    or
    transferring an image onto a substrate.
    “Interior body spray coat” means a coating applied by
    spray to the interior of a can body.
    “Internal—floating roof” means
    a cover or roof
    in
    a
    fixed-roof tank which rests upon and is supported by
    the volatile organic liquid being contained and is
    equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the
    space between the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Lacquers” means any clear wood finishes formulated
    with nitrocellulose or synthetic resins to dry
    by
    evaporation without chemical reaction,
    including clear
    lacquer sanding sealers.
    “Large appliance” means any residential and commercial
    washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water
    heaters,
    dishwashers, trash compactors,
    air
    conditioners, and other similar products.
    “Large appliance coating” means any coating applied to
    the component metal parts
    (including,
    but not limited
    to,
    doors, cases,
    lids, panels,
    and interior support
    parts)
    of residential and commercial washers, dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators, freezers, water heaters,
    dishwashers, trash compactors,
    air conditioners,
    and
    other similar products.
    “Large appliance coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more large appliance coating
    line(s).
    “Large appliance coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of large appliances.
    “Light liquid”
    means VON in the liquid state which
    is
    119—259

    24
    not
    defined
    as
    heavy
    liquid.
    “Light—duty truck” means any motor vehicle rated at
    3,850 kg gross vehicle weight or less, designed mainly
    to transport property.
    “Liquid/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which require both gas phase and
    liquid phase measurements and analysis.
    The first
    method requires construction of a TTE.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VON sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed,
    but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Liquid—Mounted Seal” means
    a primary seal mounted in
    continuous contact with the liquid between the tank
    wall and the floating roof edge around the
    circumference of the roof.
    “Liquid service” means that the equipment or component
    contains process fluid that is in a liquid state at
    operating conditions.
    “Liquids Dripping” means any visible leaking from a
    seal including spraying, misting, clouding and ice
    formation.
    “Lithographic printing line” means a printing line,
    except that the substrate is not necessarily fed from
    an unwinding roll,
    in which each roll printer uses a
    roll where both the image and non—image areas are
    essentially in the same plane (planographic).
    “Low Solvent Coating” means
    a coating which contains
    less organic solvent than the conventional coatings
    used by the industry.
    Low solvent coatings include
    water-borne,
    higher solids,
    electro—deposition and
    powder
    coatings.
    “Magnet
    wire”
    means
    aluminum
    or
    copper
    wire
    formed
    into
    an electromagnetic
    coil.
    “Magnet wire coating” means any coating or electrically
    insulating varnish or enamel applied to magnet wire.
    “Magnet wire coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more magnet wire coating line(s).
    “Magnet wire coating line” means a coating line in
    119—260

    25
    which
    any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or
    functional
    coating
    is
    applied
    onto
    the
    surface
    of
    a
    magnet
    wire.
    “Malfunction”
    means
    any
    sudden
    and
    unavoidable
    failure
    of
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment,
    process
    equipment,
    or
    a
    process
    to
    operate
    in
    a
    normal
    or
    usual
    manner.
    Failures
    that
    are
    caused
    entirely
    or
    in
    part
    by
    poor
    maintenance,
    careless
    operation,
    or
    any
    other
    preventable upset condition or preventable equipment
    breakdown shall not be considered malfunctions.
    “Manufacturing process” means a method whereby
    a
    process emission source or series of process emission
    sources is used to convert raw materials,
    feed stocks,
    subassemblies, or other components into a product,
    either for sale or for use as a component in a
    subsequent manufacturing process.
    “Material Recovery Section” means any equipment
    designed to transport and recover styrene monomer and
    other impurities from other products and by-products in
    a polystyrene plant,
    including but not limited to the
    styrene devolatilizer unit and styrene recovery unit.
    “Maximum theoretical emissions” means the quantity of
    volatile organic material emissions that theoretically
    could be emitted by a stationary source before add—on
    controls based on the design capacity or maximum
    production capacity of the source and
    8760 hours per
    year.
    The design capacity or maximum production
    capacity includes use of coating(s)
    or ink(s) with the
    highest
    volatile
    organic
    material
    content
    actually
    used
    in practice by the source.
    “Metal furniture” means a furniture piece including,
    but not limited to,
    tables, chairs, waste baskets,
    beds,
    desks,
    lockers, benches,
    shelving,
    file cabinets,
    lamps,
    and room dividers.
    “Metal furniture coating” means any non—adhesive
    coating applied to any furniture piece made of metal or
    any metal part which is or will be assembled with other
    metal, wood,
    fabric, plastic or glass parts to form a
    furniture piece including, but not limited to,
    tables,
    chairs, waste baskets, beds,
    desks,
    lockers, benches,
    shelving, file cabinets,
    lamps,
    and room dividers.
    This definition shall not apply to any coating line
    coating miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Metal furniture coating facility” means
    a facility
    that includes one or more metal furniture coating
    line(s)
    119—26 1

    26
    “Metal furniture coating line” means a coating line
    in
    which any protective, decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of metal furniture.
    “Metallic shoe—type seal” means a primary or secondary
    seal constructed of metal sheets
    (shoes) which are
    joined together to form a ring,
    springs,
    or levers
    which attach the shoes to the floating roof and hold
    the shoes against the tank wall,
    and
    a coated fabric
    which is suspended from the shoes to the floating roof.
    “Miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process” means:
    A manufacturing process involving one or more of
    the following applications,
    including any drying
    and curing of formulations, and capable of
    emitting VOM:
    Adhesives to fabricate or assemble components
    or products
    Asphalt solutions to paper or fiberboard
    Asphalt to paper or felt
    Coatings or dye to leather
    Coatings to plastic
    Coatings to rubber or glass
    Disinfectant material to manufactured items
    Plastic foam scrap or “fluff” from the
    manufacture of foam containers and packaging
    material to form resin pallets
    Resin solutions to fiber substances
    Viscose solutions for food casings
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with the process described above,
    and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process”
    means:
    119—262

    27
    A manufacturing process which compounds one or
    more of the following and is capable of emitting
    VON:
    Adhesives
    Asphalt solutions
    Caulks,
    sealants,
    or waterproofing agents
    Coatings, other than paint and ink
    Concrete curing compounds
    Dyes
    Friction materials and compounds
    Resin solutions
    Rubber solutions
    Viscose solutions
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with the process described above,, and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated
    with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products” means any metal
    part or metal product, even if attached to or combined
    with a nonmetal part or product, except cans,
    coils,
    metal furniture, large appliances,
    magnet wire,
    automobiles,
    ships, and airplane bodies.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts and products coating” means
    any coating applied to any metal part or metal product,
    even if attached to or combined with a nonmetal part or
    product, except cans,
    coils, metal furniture,
    large
    appliances,
    and magnet wire.
    Prime coat,
    prime
    surfacer coat,
    topcoat, and final repair coat for
    automobiles and light—duty trucks are not miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings.
    However, underbody
    anti-chip
    (e.g., underbody plastisol)
    automobile,
    and
    light-duty truck coatings are miscellaneous metal parts
    and products coatings.
    Also,
    automobile or light-duty
    truck refinishing coatings, coatings applied to the
    exterior of marine vessels, coatings applied to the
    exterior of airplanes, and the customized topcoating of
    automobiles and trucks
    if production is less than 35
    vehicles per day are not miscellaneous metal parts and
    119—263

    28
    products
    coatings.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating
    facility” means a facility that includes one or more
    miscellaneous metal parts or products coating lines.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating line”
    means a coating line in which any protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating is applied onto the
    surface of miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process which produces by chemical
    reaction, one or more of the following organic
    compounds or mixtures of organic compounds and
    which is capable of emitting VON:
    Chemicals listed in Appendix A of this
    section
    Chlorinated and sulfonated compounds
    Cosmetic, detergent,
    soap, or surfactant
    intermediaries or specialties and products
    Disinfectants
    Food additives
    Oil and petroleum product additives
    Plasticizers
    Resins or polymers
    Rubber additives
    Sweeteners
    Varnishes
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated with the process described above and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Monitor” means to measure and record.
    “Multiple package coating” means a coating made from
    119—264

    29
    more than one different ingredient which must be mixed
    prior to using and has a limited pot life due to the
    chemical reaction which occurs upon mixing.
    “No Detectable Volatile Organic Material Emissions”
    means a discharge of volatile organic material into the
    atmosphere as indicated by an instrument reading of
    less than 500 ppm above background as determined in
    accordance with 40 CFR 60.485(c).
    “Offset” means, with respect to printing and publishin~
    operations,
    use of a blanket cylinder to transfer ink
    from the plate cylinder to the surface to be printed.
    “Opaque stains” means all stains that are not
    semi—transparent stains.
    “Open top vapor degreasing” means the batch process of
    cleaning and removing soils from surfaces by condensing
    hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.
    “Open—ended valve” means any valve,
    except pressure
    relief devices, having one side of the valve
    in contact
    with process fluid and one side open to the atmosphere,
    either directly or through open piping.
    “Operator of Gasoline Dispensing Facility” means any
    person who is the lessee of or operates, controls or
    supervises a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Organic compound” means any compound of carbon,
    excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
    acid,
    metallic carbides or carbonates,
    and aminonium
    carbonate.
    “Organic material” means any chemical compound of
    carbon including diluents and thinners which are
    liquids at standard conditions and which are used as
    dissolvers, viscosity reducers, or cleaning agents, but
    excluding methane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide,
    carbonic acid, metallic carbonic acid, metallic
    carbide, metallic carbonates,
    and ammonium carbonate.
    “Organic vapor” means the gaseous phase of an organic
    material or a mixture of organic materials present
    in
    the atmosphere.
    “Oven” means a chamber within which heat is used for
    one or more of the following purposes:
    dry,
    bake,
    cure,
    or polymerize a coating or ink.
    “Overall control” means the product of the capture
    119—265

    30
    efficiency and the control device efficiency.
    “Overvarnish” means a transparent coating applied
    directly over ink or coating.
    “Owner of Gasoline Dispensing Facility” means any
    person who has legal or equitable title to a stationary
    storage tank at a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Owner or operator” means any person who owns,
    operates,
    leases, controls, or supervises an emission
    source or air pollution control equipment.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
    printing upon paper, paper board,
    metal foil,
    plastic
    film, and other substrates, which are,
    in subsequent
    operations,
    formed into packaging products or labels
    for articles to be sold.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line
    in which surface coatings are
    applied to paper, paperboard,
    foil,
    film,
    or other
    substrates which are to be used to produce containers,
    packaging products,
    or labels for articles.
    “Paint manufacturing plant” means a plant that mixes,
    blends, or compounds enamels, lacquers, sealers,
    shellacs, stains, varnishes,
    or pigmented surface
    coatings.
    “Paper coating” means any coating applied on paper,
    plastic film, or metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to)
    adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards, office copier
    paper, drafting paper, or pressure sensitive tapes.
    Paper coating includes the application of coatings by
    impregnation and/or saturation.
    “Paper coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more paper coating lines.
    “Paper coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating
    is
    applied on, saturated into,
    or impregnated into paper,
    plastic film,
    or metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to)
    adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards,
    office copier
    paper,
    drafting paper, and pressure sensitive tapes.
    “Parts per million (volume)” means a volume/volume
    ratio which expresses the volumetric concentration of
    gaseous air contaminant in a million unit volume of
    119—266

    31
    gas.
    “Person”
    means
    any
    individual,
    corporation,
    partnership,
    association,
    State,
    municipality,’
    political
    subdivision
    of
    a
    State;
    any
    agency,
    department,
    or instrumentality of the United States;
    and any officer,
    agent,
    or employee thereof.
    “Petroleum” means the crude oil removed from the earth
    and the oils derived from tar sands,
    shale,
    and coal.
    “Petroleum Liquid” means crude oil, condensate or any
    finished or intermediate product manufactured at a
    petroleum refinery, but not including Number
    2 through
    Number
    6 fuel oils as specified in ASTN D—396-69, gas
    turbine fuel oils Numbers 2-GT through 4-GT as
    specified in ASTM D-2880—7l or diesel fuel oils Numbers
    2-D and 4—D,
    as specified in ASTM D-975—68.
    “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in
    producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils,
    residual fuel oils,
    lubricants,
    or other products
    through distillation of petroleum,
    or through
    redistillation, cracking,
    or reforming of unfinished
    petroleum derivatives.
    “Pharmaceutical” means any compound or mixture,
    other
    than food, used in the prevention,
    diagnosis,
    alleviation, treatment,
    or cure of disease in human and
    animal.
    “Pharmaceutical coating operation” means a device in
    which a coating is applied to a pharmaceutical,
    including air drying or curing of the coating.
    “Photochemically Reactive Material” means any organic
    material with an aggregate of more than 20 percent of
    its total volume composed of the chemical compounds
    classified below or the composition of which exceeds
    any of the following individual percentage composition
    limitations.
    Whenever any photochemically reactive
    material or any constituent of any organic material may
    be classified from its chemical structure into more
    than one of the above groups of organic materials it
    shall be considered as a member of the most reactive
    group, that
    is, the group having the least allowable
    percent of the total organic materials.
    A combination of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
    aldehydes,
    esters,
    ethers or ketones having an
    olefinic or cyclo—olefinic types of unsaturation:
    5 percent.
    This definition does not apply to
    119—26 7

    32
    perchloroethylene
    or
    trichloroethylene.
    A
    combination
    of
    aromatic
    compounds
    with
    eight
    or
    more
    carbon
    atoms
    to
    the
    molecule
    except
    ethylbenzene:
    8
    percent.
    A
    combination
    of
    ethylbenzene,
    ketones
    having
    branched
    hydrocarbon
    structures
    or
    toluene:
    20
    percent.
    “Pigmented
    coatings”
    means
    opaque
    coatings
    containing
    binders and colored pigments which are formulated to
    conceal the wood surface either as an undercoat or
    topcoat.
    “Plant” means all of the pollutant-emitting activities
    which belong to the same industrial grouping, are
    located on one or more contiguous or adjacent
    properties,
    and are under the control of the same
    person
    (or persons under common control),
    except the
    activities of any marine vessel.
    Pollutant-emitting
    activities shall be considered as part of the same
    industrial grouping if they belong to the same “Major
    Group”
    (i.e., which have the same two—digit code)
    as
    described in the “Standard Industrial Classification
    Manual,
    1987”
    (incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112).
    “Plasticizers” means a substance added to a polymer
    composition to soften and add flexibility to the
    product.
    “Pneumatic Rubber Tire Manufacture” means the
    production of pneumatic rubber tires with a bead
    diameter up to but not including 20.0 inches and cross
    section dimension up to 12.8 inches, but not including
    specialty tires for antique or other vehicles when
    produced on equipment separate from normal production
    lines for passenger or truck type tires.
    “Polystyrene Plant” means any plant using styrene to
    manufacture polystyrene resin.
    “Polystyrene Resin” means substance consisting of
    styrene polymer and additives which is manufactured at
    a polystyrene plant.
    “Pressure Release” means the emission of materials
    resulting from system pressure being greater than set
    pressure of the pressure relief device.
    “Pressure Tank” means a tank in which fluids are stored
    119—268

    33
    at
    a
    pressure
    greater
    than
    atmospheric
    pressure.
    “Prime
    coat”
    means
    the
    first
    of
    two
    or
    more
    coatings
    applied
    to
    a
    surface.
    “Prime surfacer coat” means a coating used to touch up
    areas on the surface of automobile or light—duty truck
    bodies not adequately covered by the prime coat before
    application of the top coat.
    The prime surfacer coat
    is applied between the prime coat and topcoat.
    An
    anti-chip coating applied to main body parts
    (e.g.,
    rocker panels, bottom of doors and fenders, and leading
    edge of roof)
    is a prime surfacer coat.
    “Primers” means any coatings formulated and applied to
    substrates to provide a firm bond between the substrate
    and subsequent coats.
    “Printing” means the application of words, designs,
    and
    pictures to a substrate using ink.
    “Printing line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more roll printers and any associated
    roll coaters, drying areas, and ovens wherein one or
    more coatings are applied, dried, and/or cured.
    “Process” means any stationary emission source other
    than a fuel combustion emission source or an
    incinerator.
    “Process Unit” means components assembled to produce,
    as intermediate or final products, one or more of the
    chemicals listed in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 218 Appendix A.
    A process unit can operate independently if supplied
    with sufficient feed or raw materials and sufficient
    storage facilities for the product.
    “Process Unit Shutdown” means a work practice or
    operational procedure that stops production from a
    process unit or part of a process unit.
    An unscheduled
    work practice or operational procedure that stops
    production from a process unit or part of a process
    unit for less than 24 hours is not a process unit
    shutdown.
    The use of spare components and technically
    feasible bypassing of components without stopping
    production is not a process unit shutdown.
    “Production equipment exhaust system” means a system
    for collecting and directing into the atmosphere
    emissions of volatile organic material from reactors,
    centrifuges, and other process emission sources.
    119—269

    34
    “Publication
    rotogravure
    printing
    line”
    means
    a
    rotogravure printing line in which coatings are applied
    to paper which is subsequently formed into books,
    magazines,
    catalogues, brochures,
    directories,
    newspaper supplements, or other types
    of printed
    material.
    “Purged Process Fluid” means liquid or vapor from a
    process unit that contains volatile organic material
    and that results from flushing or cleaning the sample
    line(s)
    of a process unit so that an uncontaminated
    sample may then be taken for testing or analysis.
    “Reactor” means a vat, vessel, or other device
    in which
    chemical reactions take place.
    “Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (PACT)” means
    the lowest emission limitation that an emission source
    is capable of meeting by the application of control
    technology that is reasonably available considering
    technological and economic feasibility.
    “Refiner” means any person who owns,
    leases,
    operates,
    controls,
    or supervises a refinery.
    “Refinery Fuel Gas” means any gas which is generated by
    a petroleum refinery process unit and which is
    combusted at the refinery, including any gaseous
    mixture of natural gas and fuel gas.
    “Refinery unit, process unit or unit” means a set of
    components which are a part of a basic process
    operation such as distillation, hydrotreating,
    cracking, or reforming of hydrocarbons.
    “Refrigerated condenser” means a surface condenser in
    which the coolant supplied to the condenser has been
    cooled by a mechanical device,
    other than by a cooling
    tower or evaporative spray cooling, such as
    refrigeration unit or steam chiller unit.
    “Reid vapor pressure” means the standardized measure of
    the vapor pressure of a liquid in pounds per square
    inch absolute
    (Psia) at 100°F(37.8°C).
    “Repair coatings” means coatings used to correct
    imperfections or damage to furniture surface.
    “Repaired” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart
    Q
    of this
    Part,
    that equipment component has been adjusted,
    or
    otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak.
    119—270

    35
    “Residual
    Fuel
    Oil”
    means
    fuel
    oils
    of
    grade
    No.
    4,
    5
    and
    6
    as
    specified
    in
    detailed
    requirements
    for
    fuel
    oils
    A.S.T.M.
    D—396—69
    (1971).
    “Retail
    Outlet”
    means
    any
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facility
    at
    which
    gasoline
    is
    sold
    or
    offered
    for
    sale
    for
    use
    in
    motor
    vehicles.
    “Roll
    coater”
    means
    an
    apparatus
    in
    which
    a
    uniform
    layer
    of
    coating
    is
    applied
    by
    means
    of
    one
    or
    more
    rolls across the entire width of a moving substrate
    “Roll printer” means an apparatus used in the
    application of words, designs,
    or pictures to a
    substrate, usually by means of one or more rolls each
    with only partial coverage.
    “Roll printing” means the application of words,
    designs,
    and pictures to a substrate usually by means
    of a series of hard rubber or metal rolls each with
    only partial coverage.
    “Roller coating” means a method of applying a coating
    to a sheet or strip in which the coating is transferred
    by a roller or series of rollers.
    “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique in which the pattern to be applied
    is recessed relative to the non—image area.
    “Rotogravure printing line” means a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with recessed areas
    for applying an image to a substrate.
    “Safety relief valve” means a valve which
    is normally
    closed and which is designed to open in order to
    relieve excessive pressures within a vessel or pipe.
    “Sanding sealers” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to bare wood for sanding and to seal the wood
    for subsequent application of varnish.
    To be
    considered a sanding sealer a coating must be clearly
    labelled as such.
    “Sealer” means a coating containing binders which seals
    wood prior to the application of the subsequent
    coatings.
    “Sensor” means a device that measures a physical
    quantity or the change in a physical quantity such as
    temperature, pressure, flow rate,
    pH, or liquid level.
    119—27 1

    36
    “Semi—transparent
    stains”
    means
    stains
    containing
    dyes
    or semi— transparent pigments which are formulated to
    enhance wood grain and change the color of the surface
    but not to conceal the surface,
    including,
    but not
    limited to,
    sap stain, toner, non—grain raising stains,
    pad stain,
    or spatter stain.
    “Set of safety relief valves” means one or more safety
    relief valves designed to open in order to relieve
    excessive pressures in the same vessel or pipe.
    “Sheet basecoat” means a coating applied to metal when
    the metal is
    in sheet form to serve as either the
    exterior or interior of a can for either two—piece or
    three-piece cans.
    “Side—seam spray coat” means
    a coating applied to the
    seam of a three—piece can.
    “Single coat” means one coating application applied to
    a metal surface.
    “Solvent” means a liquid substance that is used to
    dissolve or dilute another substance.
    “Solvent cleaning” means the process of cleaning soils
    from surfaces by cold cleaning, open top vapor
    degreasing,
    or conveyorized degreasing.
    “Specified air contaminant” means any air contaminant
    as to which this Part contains emission standards or
    other specific limitations.
    “Splash loading” means a method of loading a tank,
    railroad tank car, tank truck,
    or trailer by use of
    other than
    a submerged loading pipe.
    “Stack” means a flue or conduit,
    free—standing or with
    exhaust port above the roof of the building on which it
    is mounted, by which air contaminants are emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Standard conditions” means a temperature of 70°Fand a
    pressure of 14.7 psia.
    “Standard cubic foot (scf)” means the volume of one
    cubic foot of gas at standard conditions.
    “Standard Industrial Classification Manual” means the
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual
    (1987),
    Superintendent of Documents,
    U.S. Government Printing
    119—272

    37
    Office, Washington,
    DC 20402
    (incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112).
    “Start—up” means the setting in operation of an
    emission source for any purpose.
    “Stationary emission source” and “Stationary source”
    mean an emission source which is not self—propelled.
    “Storage tank or storage vessel” means any stationary
    tank,
    reservoir or container used for the storage of
    VOL.
    “Styrene Devolatilizer Unit” means equipment performing
    the function of separating unreacted styrene monomer
    and other volatile components from polystyrene in a
    vacuum devolatilizer.
    “Styrene Recovery Unit” means equipment performing the
    function of separating styrene monomer from other less
    volatile components of the styrene devolatilizer unit’s
    output.
    The separated styrene monomer may be reused as
    a raw material
    in the polystyrene plant.
    “Submerged loading pipe” means any discharge pipe or
    nozzle which meets either of the following conditions:
    Where the tank is filled from the top, the end of
    the discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally
    submerged when the liquid level is
    15 cm
    (6
    in.)
    above the bottom of the tank.
    Where the tank is filled from the side,
    the
    discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally submerged
    when the liquid level is 46 cm
    (18 in.) above the
    bottom of the tank.
    “Substrate” means the surface onto which a coating is
    applied or into which a coating
    is impregnated.
    “Surface condenser” means a device which removes a
    substance from
    a gas stream by reducing the temperature
    of the stream, without direct contact between the
    coolant and the stream.
    “Synthetic Organic Chemical or Polymer Manufacturing
    Plant” means a plant that produces,
    as intermediates or
    final products, one or more of the chemicals or
    polymers listed in 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 218 Appendix A.
    “Tablet coating operation” means a pharmaceutical
    coating operation in which tablets are coated.
    119—273

    38
    “Thirty—day rolling average” means any value
    arithmetically
    averaged
    over
    any
    consecutive
    thirty-days.
    “Three—piece
    can”
    means
    a
    can
    which
    is
    made
    from
    a
    rectangular
    sheet
    and
    two
    circular
    ends.
    “Topcoat”
    means
    a
    coating
    applied
    in
    a
    multiple
    coat
    operation
    other
    than
    prime
    coat,
    final
    repair
    coat,
    or
    prime surfacer coat.
    “Topcoat operation” means all topcoat spray booths,
    flash—off areas, and bake ovens at
    a facility which are
    used to apply,
    dry, or cure the final coatings (except
    final off—line repair)
    on components of automobile or
    light-duty truck bodies.
    “Transfer efficiency” means the ratio of the amount of
    coating solids deposited onto a part or product to the
    total amount of coating solids used.
    “Tread End Cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the tire tread ends.
    “True vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial
    pressure exerted by a volatile organic liquid as
    determined in accordance with methods described
    in
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks,” second
    edition, February 1980 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112).
    “Turnaround” means the procedure of shutting down an
    operating refinery unit,
    emptying gaseous and liquid
    contents to do inspection,
    maintenance and repair work,
    and putting the unit back into production.
    “Two-piece can” means a can which is drawn from a
    shallow cup and requires only one end to be attached.
    “Undercoaters” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to substrates to provide a smooth surface for
    subsequent coats.
    “Undertread Cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the underside of
    a tire tread.
    “Unregulated safety relief valve” means a safety relief
    valve which cannot be actuated by a means other than
    high pressure in the pipe or vessel which it protects.
    119—274

    39
    “Vacuum producing system” means any reciprocating,
    rotary,
    or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet
    ejector or device that creates suction from a pressure
    below atmospheric and discharges against a greater
    pressure.
    “Valves not externally regulated” means valves that
    have no external controls, such as in—line check
    valves.
    “Vapor balance system” means any combination of pipes
    or hoses which creates a closed system between the
    vapor spaces of an unloading tank and a receiving tank
    such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are
    transferred to the tank being unloaded.
    “Vapor collection system” means all piping,
    seals,
    hoses, connections, pressure—vacuum vents,
    and other
    possible sources between the gasoline delivery vessel
    and the vapor processing unit and/or the storage tanks
    and vapor holder.
    “Vapor control system” means any system that limits or
    prevents release to the atmosphere of organic material
    in the vapors displaced from a tank during the transfer
    of gasoline.
    “Vapor—Mounted Primary Seal” means a primary seal
    mounted with an air space bounded by the bottom of the
    primary seal, the tank wall,
    the liquid surface and the
    floating roof.
    “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
    capable of collecting all VON vapors and gases
    discharged from the storage tank and a vapor disposal
    system capable of processing such VON vapors and gases
    so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
    “Vehicle” means a device by which any person or
    property may be propelled, moved,
    or drawn upon a
    highway, excepting a device moved exclusively by human
    power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or
    tracks.
    “Vinyl coating” means any topcoat or printing ink
    applied to vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    Vinyl
    coating does not include plastisols.
    “Vinyl coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more vinyl coating line(s).
    “Vinyl coating line” means a coating line in which any
    119—275

    40
    protective, decorative or functional coating
    is applied
    onto vinyl coated fabric or
    vinyl
    sheets.
    “Volatile organic liquid” means any substance which is
    liquid at storage conditions and which contains
    volatile organic compounds.
    “Volatile organic material
    (VON)
    or volatile organic
    compound (VOC)” means any organic compound which
    participates
    in atmospheric photochemical reactions.
    This includes any organic compound other than the
    following compounds:
    methane,
    ethane, methyl
    chloroform (l,1,l—trichloroethane), CFC-l13
    (trichlorotrifluoroethane), methylene chloride
    (dichloromethane), CFC-ll
    (trichlorofluoromethane),
    CFC-12
    (dichiorodifluoromethane), CFC-22
    (chlorodifluoromethane), FC—23
    (trifluoromethane),
    CFC-114 (dichlorotetrafluoroethane), CFC-1l5
    (chloropentafluoroethane), HCFC—l2
    3
    (dichlorotrifluoroethane), HFC-134a
    (tetrafluoroethane), HCFC-l4lb (dichlorofluoroethane)
    and HCFC-l42b (chlorodifluoroethane).
    These compounds
    have been determined to have negligible photochemical
    reactivity.
    In addition, for the 3M Bedford Park facility in Cook
    County, the following compounds shall not be considered
    as volatile organic material or volatile organic
    compounds
    (and are, therefore, to be treated as water
    for the purpose of calculating the “less water”
    part of
    the coating or ink composition)
    for a period of time
    not to exceed one year after the date USEPA acts on
    3M’s petition, pending as of the date of promulgation
    of this rule,
    which seeks to have these compounds
    classified as exempt compounds:
    (1)
    cyclic,
    branched,
    or linear, completely fluorinated alkanes,
    (2)
    cyclic,
    branched,
    or linear, completely fluorinated ethers
    with
    no unsaturations,
    (3)
    cyclic,
    branched,
    or linear,
    completely fluorinated tertiary amines with no
    unsaturations, and
    (4)
    sulfur containing
    perfluorocarbons with no unsaturations and with
    sulfur
    bonds only to carbon and fluorine.
    For purposes of determining compliance with emission
    limits, VOC will be measured by the approved test
    methods.
    Where such a method also inadvertently
    measures compounds with negligible photochemical
    reactivity,
    an owner or operator may exclude these
    negligibly
    reactive
    compounds
    when
    determining
    compliance
    with
    an
    emissions
    standard.
    “Volatile
    Petroleum
    Liquid”
    means
    any
    petroleum
    liquid
    119—276

    41
    with a true vapor pressure that is greater than 1.5
    psia
    (78 millimeters of mercury) at standard
    conditions.
    “Wash coat” means a coating containing binders which
    seals wood surfaces, prevents undesired staining, and
    controls penetration.
    “Wastewater (Oil/Water) Separator” means any device or
    piece of equipment which utilizes the difference in
    density between oil and water to remove oil and
    associated chemicals of water,
    or any device, such as
    a
    flocculation tank or a clarifier,
    which removes
    petroleum derived compounds from waste water.
    “Web” means a substrate which is printed in continuous
    roll—fed presses.
    “Wood furniture” means room furnishings including
    cabinets
    (kitchen,
    bath,
    and vanity),
    tables,
    chairs,
    beds,
    sofas,
    shutters,
    art ob,jects, wood paneling, wood
    flooring, and any other coated furnishings made of
    wood, wood composition, or fabricated wood materials.
    “Wood furniture coating facility” means
    a facility that
    includes one or more wood furniture coating line(s).
    “Wood furniture coating line”
    mean’s a coating line in
    which any protective, decorative,
    or functional coating
    is applied onto wood furniture.
    “Woodworking” means the shaping,
    sawing, grinding,
    smoothing,
    polishing, and making into products of any
    form or shape of wood.
    Section 218.105
    Testing Methods and Procedures
    a)
    Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
    The following test methods and procedures shall be used
    to determine compliance of applied coatings,
    inks,
    and
    fountain solutions with the limitations set forth
    in
    this Part.
    1)
    Sampling:
    Samples collected for analyses shall
    be
    one—liter taken into a one—liter container at a
    location and time such that the sample will be
    representative of the coating as applied
    (i.e.,
    the sample shall include any dilution solvent or
    other VOM added during the manufacturing process).
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately
    after the sample is taken.
    Any solvent or other
    119—277

    42
    VOM
    added
    after
    the
    sample
    is
    taken
    must
    be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations
    in
    subsection
    (a)
    (3).
    For
    multiple
    package
    coatings,
    separate
    samples
    of
    each
    component
    shall
    be
    obtained.
    A mixed sample shall not be obtained as
    it will cure in the container.
    Sampling
    procedures shall follow the guidelines presented
    in:
    A)
    ASTM D3925—81(1985) standard practice for
    sampling liquid paints and related pigment
    coating. This practice is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    ASTM E300—86 standard practice for sampling
    industrial chemicals.
    This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    2)
    Analyses:
    The applicable analytical methods
    specified below shall be used to determine the
    composition of coatings,
    inks, or fountain
    solutions as applied.
    A)
    Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall be used to determine the VON content
    and density of coatings.
    If it
    is
    demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
    Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24
    results,
    formulation data may be used.
    In
    the event of any inconsistency between a
    Method 24 test and a facility’s formulation
    data, the Method 24 test will govern.
    B)
    Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall be used to determine the VON content
    and density of rotogravure printing inks and
    related coatings.
    If it is demonstrated to
    the satisfaction of the Agency and USEPA that
    the plant coating formulation data are
    equivalent to Method 24A results, formulation
    data may be used.
    In the event of any
    inconsistency between a Method 24A test and a
    facility’s formulation data,
    the Method 24A
    test will govern.
    C)
    The following ASTM methods are the analytical
    procedures for determining VOM:
    i)
    ASTN Dl475-85: Standard test method for
    119—278

    43
    density of paint,
    varnish, lacquer and
    related products.
    This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    ii)
    ASTM
    D2369—87:
    Standard
    test
    method
    for
    volatile
    content
    of
    a
    coating.
    This
    test
    method
    is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    iii)
    ASTM
    D3792—86:
    Standard
    test
    method
    for
    water content of water—reducible ‘paints
    by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph. This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    iv)
    ASTM
    D4017—81(l987):
    Standard
    test
    method
    for
    water
    content in paints and
    paint
    materials
    by
    the
    Karl
    Fischer
    method.
    This test method is incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    v)
    ASTM D4457-85: Standard test method for
    determination of dichloromethane and
    1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph.
    (The procedure
    delineated above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM.)
    This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    vi)
    ASTM D2697-86:
    Standard test method for
    volume non—volatile matter in clear
    or
    pigmented coatings.
    This test method
    is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    vii)
    ASTM
    D3980—87:
    Standard
    practice
    for
    interlaboratory
    testing
    of
    paint
    and
    related
    materials.
    This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    viii)
    ASTM
    El80—85:
    Standard
    practice
    for
    determining
    the
    precision
    data
    of
    ASTN
    methods
    for
    analysis
    of and testing of
    industrial chemicals. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218.112.
    119—279

    44
    ix)
    ASTM
    D2372-85:
    Standard
    method
    of
    separation of vehicle from
    solvent-reducible paints. This method
    is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    218. 112.
    D)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical
    methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) may not be used unless approved
    by the Agency and USEPA.
    An owner or
    operator must submit sufficient documentation
    for the Agency and USEPA to find that the
    analytical methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) will yield inaccurate
    results and that the proposed adaptation is
    appropriate.
    3)
    Calculations:
    Calculations for determining the
    VON content, water content and the content of
    any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON of coatings,
    inks and fountain
    solutions as applied shall follow the guidance
    provided in the following documents.
    A)
    “A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation”,
    EPA-340/1-86-0l6, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112.
    B)
    “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of
    Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint,
    Ink and Other Coatings” (revised June 1986),
    EPA-450/3—84—0l9,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112.
    C)
    “A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations”,
    August 1988,
    EPA-340/1-88-003,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112
    b)
    Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
    The.
    protocol for testing, including determining the
    transfer
    efficiency,
    of, coating
    applicators
    at
    topcoat
    coating
    operations
    at
    an
    automobile
    assembly
    facility
    shall
    follow
    the
    procedure
    in:
    “Protocol
    for
    Determining
    the
    Daily
    Volatile
    Organic
    Compound
    Emission
    Rate
    of
    Automobile
    and
    Light-Duty Truck
    Topcoat Operations”, December 1988, EPA—450/3-88-018,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    c)
    Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
    119—280

    45
    1)
    Applicability
    The
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (C)
    (2)
    shall
    apply
    to all VON emitting processes employing capture
    equipment (e.g., hoods,
    ducts), except those cases
    noted below.
    A)
    If a source installs a permanent total
    enclosure
    (PTE)
    that meets Agency and USEPA
    specifications, and which directs all VON to
    a control device, then the source is exempted
    from the requirements described in subsection
    (c) (2).
    The Agency and USEPA specifications
    to determine whether a structure is
    considered a PTE are given in Procedure T of
    Appendix B of this Part.
    In this instance,
    the capture efficiency is assumed to be 100
    percent and the source is still required to
    measure control efficiency using appropriate
    test methods as specified in subsection
    (d).
    B)
    If a source uses a control device designed to
    collect and recover VON (e.g.,
    carbon
    adsorber),
    an explicit measurement of capture
    efficiency is not necessary provided that the
    conditions given below are met.
    The overall
    control of the system can be determined by
    directly comparing the input liquid VON to
    the recovered liquid VON.
    The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given
    in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112, with the following
    additional restrictions:
    i)
    The source must be able to equate
    solvent usage with solvent recovery on a
    24-hour (daily)
    basis,
    rather than a
    30-day weighted average, within 72 hours
    following the 24-hour period.
    In
    addition, one of the following two
    criteria must be met:
    ii)
    The solvent recovery system
    (i.e.,
    capture and control system) must be
    dedicated to a single process line
    (e.g.,
    one process line venting to a
    carbon
    adsorber
    system),
    or
    iii)
    If
    the
    solvent
    recovery
    system
    controls
    multiple process lines, then the source
    must be able to demonstrate that the
    overall control
    (i.e., the total
    119—28 1

    46
    recovered
    solvent
    VOM
    divided
    by
    the
    sum
    of liquid VOM input to all process lines
    venting
    to
    the
    control
    system)
    meets
    or
    exceeds
    the
    most
    stringent
    standard
    applicable
    for
    any
    process
    line
    venting
    to
    the
    control
    system.
    2)
    Specific
    Requirements
    The
    capture
    efficiency
    of
    a
    process
    line
    shall
    be
    measured
    using
    one
    of
    the
    four
    protocols
    given
    below.
    Any
    error
    margin
    associated
    with
    a
    test
    protocol
    may
    not
    be
    incorporated
    into
    the
    results
    of
    a
    capture
    efficiency
    test.
    If these techniques
    are
    not
    suitable
    for
    a
    particular
    process, then
    the
    source
    may
    use
    an
    alternative capture
    efficiency protocol, provided that the alternative
    protocol is approved by the Agency and approved
    by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    A)
    Gas/gas method using temporary total
    enclosure
    (TTE).
    The Agency and USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given in Procedure T of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be
    used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    Gw/(Gw
    +
    Fw)
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    Gw
    =
    mass of VOM captured and delivered
    to control device using a TTE
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from
    a
    TTE
    Procedure
    G.2
    contained
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    Gw.
    Procedure
    F.1
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    Fw.
    B)
    Liquid/gas
    method
    using
    TTE.
    The
    Agency
    and
    USEPA specifications to determine whether a
    temporary
    enclosure
    is
    considered
    a
    TTE
    are
    given
    in
    Procedure
    T
    of
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part.
    The
    capture
    efficiency
    equation
    to
    be
    used
    for
    this
    protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    -
    F)/L
    119—282

    47
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass of liquid VOM input to
    process
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from
    a
    TTE
    Procedure
    L
    contained
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    L.
    Procedure
    F.1
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    Fw.
    C)
    Gas/gas
    method
    using
    the
    building
    or
    room
    (building
    or
    room
    enclosure)
    in
    which
    the
    affected
    source
    is
    located
    as
    the
    enclosure
    and
    in
    which
    “F”
    and
    “G”
    are
    measured while
    operating
    only
    the
    affected
    facility.
    All
    fans
    and
    blowers
    in
    the
    building or room must
    be
    operated
    as
    they
    would
    under
    normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to be used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    G/(G
    +
    Fa)
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture
    efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    G
    =
    mass of VON captured and
    delivered to control device
    FB =mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure G.2 contained in Appendix B of
    this
    Part is used to obtain G.
    Procedure F.2 in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain F~.
    D)
    Liquid/gas method using the building or room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “L” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to be used for this protocol is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    -
    F~)/L
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture
    efficiency,
    decimal
    119—283

    48
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass
    of
    liquid
    VON
    input
    to
    process
    F~=mass
    of
    fugitive
    VOM
    that
    escapes
    from
    building
    enclosure
    Procedure
    L
    contained
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    section
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    L.
    Procedure
    F.2
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    section
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    F~.
    3)
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    A)
    All
    affected
    facilities
    must
    maintain
    a
    copy
    of
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    protocol
    submitted
    to
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    on
    file.
    All
    results
    of
    the
    appropriate
    test
    methods
    and
    capture
    efficiency
    protocols
    must
    be
    reported
    to
    the
    Agency
    within
    sixty
    (60)
    days
    of
    the
    test
    date.
    A
    copy
    of
    the
    results must be
    kept
    on
    file
    with
    the
    source
    for
    a
    period
    of
    three
    (3)
    years.
    B)
    If
    any
    changes
    are
    made
    to
    capture or control
    equipment, then the source is required to
    notify the Agency and the USEPA of these
    changes and a new test may be required by the
    Agency or the USEPA.
    C)
    The source must notify the Agency 30 days
    prior to performing any capture efficiency or
    control test.
    At that time,
    the source must
    notify the Agency which capture efficiency
    protocol and control device test methods
    will
    be used.
    D)
    Sources utilizing a PTE must demonstrate that
    this enclosure meets the requirement given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a PTE during any testing of their control
    device.
    E)
    Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that
    their TTE meets the requirements given in
    Procedure T (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a TTE during testing of their control device.
    The source must also provide documentation
    that the quality assurance criteria for a
    TTE
    have been achieved.
    119—284

    49
    d)
    Control
    Device Efficiency Testing and Monitoring
    1)
    The control device efficiency shall be determined
    by simultaneously measuring the inlet and outlet
    gas phase VON concentrations and gas volumetric
    flow rates in accordance with the gas phase test
    methods specified in subsection
    (f).
    2)
    Any owner or operator that uses an afterburner or
    carbon adsorber to comply with any Section of this
    Part shall use USEPA approved continuous
    monitoring equipment which is installed,
    calibrated,
    maintained, and operated according to
    vendor specifications at all times the afterburner
    or carbon adsorber is in use.
    The continuous
    monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
    A)
    Combustion chamber temperature of each
    afterburner.
    B)
    Temperature
    rise
    across
    each
    catalytic
    afterburner
    bed
    or
    VON
    concentration
    of
    exhaust.
    C)
    The
    VON
    concentration
    of
    each
    carbon
    adsorption
    bed
    exhaust.
    e)
    Overall
    Efficiency
    1)
    The overall efficiency of the emission control
    system shall be determined as the product of the
    capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol
    as specified in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112,
    (and revised by
    subsection
    (c) (1) (B)
    for each solvent recovery
    system.
    In those cases in which the overall
    efficiency is being determined for an entire
    line,
    the capture efficiency used to calculate the
    product of the capture and control efficiency is
    the total capture efficiency over the entire
    line.
    2)
    For coating lines which are both chosen by the
    owner or operator to comply with Section
    218.207(a),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f), or
    (g)
    by the
    alternative in Section 218.207(b) (2) and meet the
    criteria allowing them to comply with Section
    218.207 instead of Section 218.204, the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and control
    device, as determined by the test methods and
    119—285

    50
    procedures
    specified
    in
    subsections
    (c),
    (d)
    and
    (e)
    (1),
    shall
    be
    no
    less
    than
    the
    equivalent
    overall efficiency which shall be calculated by
    the following equation:
    E
    =
    (LVOM
    -
    VOM1:J/VOMa) x 100
    where:
    E
    =
    Equivalent overall efficiency of the
    capture system and control device as a
    percentage,
    VOMa
    =
    Actual VOM content of a coating,
    or the
    daily-weighted average VOM content of
    two or more coatings
    (if more than one
    coating
    is used),
    as applied to the
    subject coating line as determined by
    the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in subsection
    (a)
    in units of kg VOM/l
    (lb VON/gal)
    of
    coating solids as applied,
    VOM1
    =
    The VON emission limit specified in
    Section 218.207(a) or
    (b)
    in units of kg
    VON/l
    (lb VOM/gal)
    of coating solids as
    applied.
    f)
    Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods
    The methods in 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section
    218.112 delineated below shall
    be used to determine control device efficiencies.
    1)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    18,
    25
    or
    25A,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112
    as
    appropriate
    to
    the
    conditions
    at
    the
    site,
    shall
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    VON
    concentration.
    Method
    selection
    shall
    be
    based
    on
    consideration of the
    diversity
    of
    organic
    species
    present
    and
    their
    total
    concentration
    and
    on
    consideration
    of
    the
    potential
    presence
    of
    interfering
    gases.
    Except
    as
    indicated
    in
    subsections
    (f)
    (1)
    (A)
    and
    (B)
    below,
    the
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    three separate
    runs,
    each
    lasting
    a
    minimum
    of
    60
    mm,
    unless
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    determine
    that
    process
    variables
    dictate
    shorter
    sampling
    times.
    A)
    When
    the
    method
    is
    to
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    efficiency
    of
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    with
    a
    common
    exhaust
    stack
    for
    all
    the
    119—286

    51
    individual
    adsorber
    vessels,
    the
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    three
    separate
    runs,
    each
    coinciding
    with
    one
    or
    more
    complete
    sequences
    through
    the
    adsorption
    cycles
    of
    all
    the
    individual
    adsorber
    vessels.
    B)
    When
    the
    method
    is
    to
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    efficiency
    of
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    with
    individual
    exhaust
    stacks
    for
    each
    adsorber
    vessel,
    each
    adsorber
    vessel
    shall
    be
    tested
    individually.
    The
    test
    for
    each
    adsorber
    vessel
    shall
    consist
    of
    three
    separate
    runs.
    Each
    run
    shall coincide with
    one
    or
    more
    complete
    adsorption
    cycles.
    2)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    1
    or
    1A,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall be used for sample and velocity traverses.
    3)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    2,
    2A,
    2C or
    2D,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    shall be used for velocity and volumetric flow
    rates.
    4)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    3, incorporated
    by reference in Section
    218.112, ‘shall be used for
    gas
    analysis.
    5)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    4,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    shall
    be
    used
    for
    stack
    gas
    moisture.
    6)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Methods
    2,
    2A,
    2C,
    2D,
    3
    and
    4,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112,
    shall
    be
    performed,
    as
    applicable,
    at
    least
    twice
    during
    each
    test
    run.
    7)
    Use
    of
    an
    adaptation
    to
    any
    of
    the
    test
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsections
    (f)
    (1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4)
    (5)
    and
    (6)
    may
    not
    be
    used
    unless
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA.
    An
    owner
    or
    operator
    must
    submit
    sufficient
    documentation
    for
    the
    Agency
    and
    the
    USEPA
    to
    find
    that
    the
    test
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsections
    (f)(1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5)
    and
    (6)
    will
    yield
    inaccurate
    results
    and
    that
    the
    proposed
    adaptation
    is
    appropriate.
    ‘g)
    Leak
    Detection
    Methods
    for
    Volatile
    Organic
    Material
    Owners
    or
    operators
    required
    by
    this
    Part
    to
    carry
    out
    a leak detection monitoring program shall comply with
    the following requirements:
    119—28 7

    52
    1)
    Leak Detection Monitoring
    A)
    Monitoring
    shall
    comply
    with
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    21,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    B)
    The
    detection
    instrument
    shall
    meet
    the
    performance
    criteria
    of
    Method
    21.
    C)
    The
    instrument
    shall
    be
    calibrated
    before
    use
    on
    each
    day
    of
    its
    use
    by
    the
    methods
    specified
    in
    Method
    21.
    D)
    Calibration
    gases
    shall
    be:
    i)
    Zero
    air
    (less
    than
    loppm
    of
    hydrocarbon
    in
    air);
    and
    ii)
    A
    mixture
    of
    methane
    or
    n-hexane and air
    at
    a
    concentration
    of
    approximately,
    but
    no
    less
    than,
    10,000 ppm methane or
    n—hexane.
    E)
    The instrument probe shall be traversed
    around all potential leak interfaces as close
    to the interface as possible as described in
    Method
    21.
    2)
    When equipment is
    tested
    for
    compliance
    with
    no
    detectable emissions as required, the test shall
    comply with the following requirements:
    A)
    The requirements of subsections
    (g) (1) (A)
    through
    (g) (1) (E) above shall apply.
    B)
    The background level shall be determined as
    set forth in Method 21.
    3)
    Leak detection tests shall be performed consistent
    with:
    A)
    “APTI
    Course
    SI
    417
    controlling
    Volatile
    Organic
    Compound
    Emissions
    from
    Leaking
    Process
    Equipment”,
    EPA—450/2—82—0l5,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    B)
    “Portable
    Instrument
    User’s
    Manual
    for
    Monitoring
    VOC
    Sources”,
    EPA—340/ 1—86-015,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    C)
    “Protocols
    ~
    ~-GeneratingUnit-Specific
    119—288

    53
    Emission
    Estimates
    for
    Equipment
    Leaks
    of
    VOC
    and
    VHAP”,
    EPA—450/3—88-010,
    incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    D)
    “Petroleum
    Refinery
    Enforcement
    Manual”,
    EPA-340/1—8O-008,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.122.
    h)
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Delivery
    System Test Protocol
    1)
    The
    method
    for
    determining
    the
    emissions
    of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    vapor
    recovery
    system
    are
    delineated
    in
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Subpart
    XX,
    Section
    60.503,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    2)
    Other
    tests
    shall be performed consistent with:
    A)
    “Inspection
    Manual
    for
    Control
    of
    Volatile
    Organic Emissions from Gasoline Marketing
    Operations:
    Appendix D”, EPA-340/l-80-012,
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    B)
    “Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck
    Gasoline Loading Terminals:
    Appendix A”,
    EPA-450/2-77-026,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112.
    Section 218.106
    Compliance Dates
    a)
    Compliance with the requirements of all rules
    is
    required by July
    1,
    1991,
    or sixty days after a final
    decision by a federal court of the general appeal of
    the FIP
    (Illinois Environmental Regulatory Group
    V.
    USEPA,
    No. 90-2778
    (and consolidated cases)
    (7th
    Cir.)), whichever is later, consistent with the
    provisions of Section 218.103.
    b)
    Compliance with the requirements of provisions of this
    Part specifically applicable to a category of sources
    which
    is the same as any of the individual appeals of
    the FIP shall be required by July 1,
    1991,
    or sixty
    days following a final decision by a federal court of
    the appeal of the FIP impacting the specific category
    of sources, whichever is later,
    consistent with the
    provisions of Section 218.103.
    Section 218.107
    Afterburners
    The operation of any natural gas fired afterburner and capture
    system used to comply with this Part is not required during the
    period of November
    1 of any year to April
    1 of the following year
    119—289

    54
    provided
    that
    the
    operation
    of
    such
    devices
    is
    not
    required
    for
    purposes
    of
    occupational
    safety
    or
    health,
    or
    for
    the
    control
    of
    toxic
    substances,
    odor
    nuisances,
    or
    other
    regulated
    pollutants.
    Section
    218.108
    Exemptions,
    Variations,
    and
    Alternative
    Means
    of
    Control
    or
    Compliance
    Determinations
    Notwithstanding
    the
    provisions
    of
    any
    other
    Sections
    of
    this
    Part,
    any
    exemptions,
    variations or alternatives to the control
    requirements, emission limitations, or test methods set forth in
    this Part shall be effective only when approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.109
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    a)
    If the VOL consists of only a single compound, the
    vapor pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method
    D2879—86 (incorporated by reference in Section 218.112)
    or the vapor pressure may be obtained from a published
    source such as:
    Boublik, T.,
    V. Fried and E.
    Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York
    (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw—Hill Book Company
    (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry,
    John A. Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1985).
    b)
    If the VOL is a mixture, the vapor pressure shall be
    determined by ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112)
    or by the following
    equation:
    n
    P~rol
    =
    SP~X~
    where:
    t’VOl
    =
    Total
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    the
    mixture,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    components
    in
    the
    mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript
    denoting
    an
    individual
    component,
    =
    Vapor
    pressure
    of
    a
    component
    determined
    in
    accordance
    with
    Subpart
    A
    of
    this
    Part
    119—290

    55
    Xl
    =
    Mole
    fraction
    of
    the
    component
    in
    the
    total
    mixture.
    Section
    218.110
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Organic
    Material
    or
    Solvent
    a)
    If
    the
    organic
    material
    or
    solvent
    consists
    of
    only
    a
    single
    compound,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    Method
    D2879-86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112)
    or
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    may
    be
    obtained
    from
    a
    published
    source
    such
    as:
    Boublik,
    T.,
    V.
    Fried
    and
    E.
    Hala,
    “The
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Pure
    Substances,”
    Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., New York
    (1973);
    Perry’s Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book
    Company
    (1984); CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical Rubber Publishing Company
    (1986-87);
    and
    Lange’s Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of both
    organic
    material
    compounds
    and
    compounds
    which are not organic material, the vapor pressure
    shall be determined by the following equation:
    n
    Spixi
    ~om
    i1
    U
    S
    X~
    where:
    P
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture which is composed of organic
    material,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    organic material components in
    the
    mixture,
    I
    =
    Subscript
    denoting
    an
    individual
    component,
    P~ =Vapor pressure of an organic material
    component determined in accordance with
    Subpart A of this Part,
    X1
    =Mole fraction of the organic material
    component
    of
    the
    total
    mixture.
    119—291

    56
    C)
    If
    the
    organic
    material
    or
    solvent
    is
    in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up of only organic material compounds, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112)
    or
    by
    the
    above
    equation.
    Section 218.111
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Material
    a)
    If
    the
    VON
    consists
    of
    only
    a
    single
    compound,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    Method
    D2879-86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112)
    or
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    may
    be
    obtained
    from
    a
    published
    source
    such
    as:
    Boublik,
    T.,
    V.
    Fried
    and
    E.
    Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific
    Publishing
    Co.,
    New
    York
    (1973);
    Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook,
    McGraw-Hill
    Book
    Company
    (1984);
    CRC
    Handbook
    of
    Chemistry
    and
    Physics,
    Chemical
    Rubber
    Publishing
    Company
    (1986-87);
    and
    Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill
    Book
    Company
    (1985).
    b)
    If
    the
    VON
    is
    in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up
    of
    both
    VON
    compounds and compounds which are not VON,
    the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by the following equation:
    U
    Spixi
    ~vom
    i1
    U
    SX1
    where:
    =
    Total
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    the
    portion
    of
    the
    mixture
    which
    is
    composed
    of
    VON,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    VON
    components
    in
    the
    mixture,
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P1
    =
    Vapor
    pressure
    of
    a
    VON
    component
    determined in accordance with Subpart A
    of
    this
    Part,
    =
    Mole
    fraction
    of
    the
    VON
    component
    of
    the
    total
    mixture.
    c)
    If
    the
    VON
    is
    in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up
    of
    only
    VOM
    119—292

    57
    compounds,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be determined by
    ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section
    218.112)
    or by the above equation.
    Section 218.112
    Incorporations by Reference
    The
    following
    materials
    are
    incorporated
    by
    reference:
    a)
    American Society for Testing and Materials,
    1916 Race
    Street,
    Philadelphia,
    PA
    19103:
    1)
    ASTM
    D2879—86
    2)
    ASTM
    D323—82
    3)
    ASTM D86—82
    4)
    ASTM D—369—69
    (1971)
    5)
    ASTM D—396—69
    6)
    ASTM D2880—71
    7)
    ASTM D—975—68
    8)
    ASTM D3925—81
    (1985)
    9)
    ASTM E300—86
    10)
    ASTM D1475—85
    11)
    ASTN D2369—87
    12)
    ASTM
    D3792—86
    13)
    ASTN D4017—8l
    (1987)
    14)
    ASTM D4457—85
    15)
    ASTM D2697—86
    16)
    ASTM
    D3980—87
    17)
    ASTN E180—85
    18)
    ASTM D2372—85
    19)
    ASTN D97—66
    20)
    ASTM E—168
    21)
    ASTM E—l69
    22)
    ASTM E—260
    23)
    ASTM D2504—83
    24)
    ASTN D2382—83
    b)
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by
    Executive Office of the President, Office of Management
    and Budget, Washington,
    D.C.,
    1987.
    c)
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks”, Second
    ed.,
    February,
    1980.
    d)
    40
    CFR
    60
    (July
    1,
    1990).
    e)
    40
    CFR
    61
    (July 1,
    1990).
    f)
    40
    CFR
    50
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    g)
    40 CFR 51
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    119—2 93

    58
    h)
    40
    CFR
    52
    (July 1,
    1989).
    i)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—340/1—86—0l6.
    j)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—450/3—84-019.
    k)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—340/1-88-003.
    1)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington
    D.C.,
    EPA—450/3—88—0l8.
    m)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—450/2—78-029.
    n)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—450/2—78—05l.
    o)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA-450/3—82—009.
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section 218.121
    Storage
    Containers
    No person
    shall cause or allow the storage of any VOL with a
    vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3 K
    (7OoF)
    or any gaseous organic material
    in any stationary tank,
    reservoir
    or
    other
    container
    of
    more
    than
    151 cubic meters
    (40,000
    gal)
    capacity
    unless
    such
    tank,
    reservoir or other
    container:
    a)
    Is
    a
    pressure
    tank
    capable
    of
    withstanding
    the
    vapor
    pressure of such liquid or the pressure of the gas,
    so
    as to prevent vapor or gas loss to the atmosphere at
    all times; or,
    b)
    Is designed and equipped with one of the following
    vapor
    loss
    control
    devices:
    1)
    A floating roof which rests on the surface of the
    VOL and is equipped with a closure seal or seals
    between the roof edge and the tank wall.
    Such
    floating
    roof
    shall
    not
    be
    permitted
    if
    the
    VOL
    has
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    86.19 kPa
    (12.5
    psia)
    or
    greater at
    294.3oK
    (7OoF).
    No
    person shall cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    contaminants
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    any
    gauging
    or
    sampling
    devices
    attached
    to
    such
    tanks,
    except
    during
    sampling
    or
    maintenance
    operations.
    119—294

    59
    2)
    A vapor recovery system consisting of:
    A)
    A
    vapor
    gathering
    system
    capable
    of
    collecting 85
    or more of the uncontrolled
    VOM that would be otherwise emitted to
    the
    atmosphere;
    and,
    B)
    A vapor disposal system capable of processing
    such VOM so as to prevent its emission to the
    atmosphere.
    No person shall cause or allow
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    contaminants
    into
    the
    atmosphere from any gauging or sampling
    devices
    attached
    to
    such
    tank,
    reservoir or
    other container except during sampling.
    3)
    Other equipment or means of equal efficiency
    approved by the Agency according to the provisions
    of
    35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 201, and further processed
    consistent with
    Section 218.108.
    Section 218.122
    Loading Operations
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow
    the discharge of more
    than 3.6 kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr)
    of organic material into the
    atmosphere during the loading of any organic material
    from the aggregate loading pipes of any loading
    facility having through-put of greater than 151 cubic
    meters
    per
    day
    (40,000
    gal/day)
    into
    any
    railroad
    tank
    car, tank truck or trailer unless such loading facility
    is equipped with submerged loading pipes,
    submerged
    fill or a device that is equally effective in
    controlling emissions and is approved by the Agency
    according to the provisions of
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 201,
    and further processed consistent with Section 218.108.
    b)
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow the loading of any
    organic
    material
    into
    any
    stationary tank having a
    storage capacity of greater than 946
    1
    (250 gal),
    unless such tank
    is equipped with
    a permanent submerged
    loading pipe,
    submerged fill or an equivalent device
    approved by the Agency according to the provisions of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201, and further processed consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108,
    or
    unless
    such
    tank
    is
    a
    pressure
    tank as described in Section 218.121(a)
    or is fitted
    with a recovery system as described in Section
    218.121(b)(2).
    c)
    Exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists the limitations
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    only
    apply
    to
    the
    loading
    of
    VOL
    with a vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3oK (70°F).
    119—295

    60
    Section 218.123
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    a)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall not apply
    to
    any stationary storage tank’:
    1)
    Equipped before January
    1,
    1979 with one of the
    vapor loss control devices specified in Section
    218.121(b), except Section 218.121(b) (1);
    2)
    With a capacity of less than 151.42 cubic meters
    (40,000 gal);
    3)
    With a capacity of less than
    1,600
    cubic meters
    (422,400 gal)
    and used to store produced crude
    oil
    and condensate prior to custody transfer;
    4)
    With a capacity of
    less than 1,430 cubic meters
    (378,000 gal) and used to store produced oil or
    condensate in crude oil gathering;
    5)
    Subject to new source performance standards for
    storage vessels of
    petroleum liquid,
    35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 230;
    6)
    In which volatile petroleum liquid
    is not stored;
    or
    7)
    Which is a pressure tank as described in Section
    218.121(a).
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (a) no owner or operator of a
    stationary storage tank shall cause or allow the
    storage of any volatile petroleum liquid in the tank
    unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with one of the vapor loss
    control devices specified in Section 218.121(b);
    2)
    There are no visible holes, tears or other defects
    in the seal or any seal fabric or material of any
    floating roof;
    3)
    All openings of any floating roof deck,
    except
    stub drains, are equipped with covers,
    lids or
    seals such that:
    A)
    The cover,
    lid or seal
    is in the closed
    position at all times except when petroleum
    liquid is transferred to or from the tank;
    B)
    Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all
    119—296

    61
    times except when the roof
    is floated off or
    landed on the roof leg supports; and
    C)
    Rim vents,
    if provided, are set to open when
    the roof
    is being floated of
    f the roof leg
    supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended
    setting;
    4)
    Routine inspections of floating roof seals are
    conducted through roof hatches once every six
    months;
    5)
    A complete inspection of the cover and seal of any
    floating roof tank is made whenever the tank is
    emptied for reasons other than the transfer of
    petroleum liquid during the normal operation of
    the
    tank,
    or
    whenever
    repairs
    are
    made
    as
    a
    result
    of any semi—annual inspection or incidence of roof
    damage or defect; and
    6)
    A record of the results of each inspection
    conducted under subsection
    (b) (4)
    or
    (b) (5)
    is
    maintained.
    C)
    Owners and operators of petroleum liquid storage tanks
    were required to have compliance schedules as
    summarized in Appendix C, to 35 Ill Adm. Code 215.
    Section
    218.124
    External Floating Roofs
    a)
    In addition to meeting the requirements of Section
    218.123(b),
    no owner or operator of a stationary
    storage tank equipped with an external floating roof
    shall cause or allow the storage of any volatile
    petroleum liquid in the tank unless:
    1)
    The tank has been fitted with a continuous
    secondary seal extending from the floating roof to
    the tank wall
    (rim mounted secondary seal)
    or any
    other device which controls VON emissions with an
    effectiveness equal to or greater than a rim
    mounted secondary seal;
    2)
    Each seal closure device meets the following
    requirements:
    A)
    The seal
    is intact and uniformly in place
    around the circumference of the floating roof
    between the floating roof and tank wall;
    and
    B)
    The accumulated area of gaps exceeding 0.32
    centimeter
    (1/8 inch)
    in width between the
    119—29
    7

    62
    secondary
    seal
    and
    the
    tank
    wall
    shall not
    exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of
    tank
    diameter (1.0 square inches per foot of
    tank diameter).
    3)
    Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted
    membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers across
    at least 90 percent of the area of the opening;
    4)
    Openings are equipped with projections into the
    tank which remain below the liquid surface at all
    times;
    5)
    Inspections are conducted prior to Nay 1 of each
    year to insure compliance with subsection
    (a);
    6)
    The secondary seal gap is measured prior to May
    1
    of each year;
    7)
    Records of the types of volatile petroleum liquid
    stored, the maximum true vapor pressure of the
    liquid as stored, the results of the inspections
    and the results of the secondary seal gap
    measurements are maintained and available to the
    Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time for a minimum of two years after
    the date on which the record was made.
    b)
    Subsection
    (a) does not apply to any stationary storage
    tank
    equipped
    with an external floating roof:
    1)
    Exempted under Section 218.123 (a) (2)
    through
    218.123 (a) (6);
    2)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type
    shoe
    seal
    having a secondary seal from the
    top
    of
    the
    shoe
    seal
    to
    the
    tank
    wall
    (shoe-mounted secondary seal);
    3)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type shoe seal,
    a liquid—mounted foam seal,
    a
    liquid—mounted liquid—filled—type seal,
    or other
    closure device of equivalent control efficiency
    approved by the Agency in which
    a petroleum liquid
    with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa
    (4.0
    psia)
    at
    294.3oK
    (70°F)
    is stored; or
    4)
    Used to store crude oil with a pour point of 50°F
    or higher as determined by ASTM Standard D97-66
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    Section 218.125
    Compliance Dates
    119—298

    63
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215,
    Subpart B,
    as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.126
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source previously
    subject to Section 215.125 shall have submitted to the
    Agency a compliance plan as required by 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 201.241, including a project completion schedule
    where applicable, no later than April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to the rules
    specified in subsection
    (a) may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201.241 including specific interim dates
    as required in 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART
    C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section 218.141
    Separation Operations
    a)
    No person shall use any single or multiple compartment
    effluent water separator which receives effluent
    water
    containing 757 I/day
    (200 gal/day) or more of organic
    material from any equipment processing,
    refining,
    treating,
    storing or handling organic material unless
    such effluent water separator is equipped with air
    pollution control equipment capable of reducing by 85
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    uncontrolled
    organic
    material
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Exception:
    If no odor
    nuisance exists the limitations of this subsection
    shall not apply if the vapor pressure of the organic
    material
    is below 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    at 294.3oK
    (70
    oF)
    b)
    Subsection
    (a)
    shall not apply to water and crude oil
    separation in the production of Illinois crude oil,
    if
    the vapor pressure of such crude oil is less than 34.5
    kPa
    (5
    psia).
    Section 218.142
    Pumps and Compressors
    No
    person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 32.8
    ml
    (2 cu in)
    of VOL with vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F) into the atmosphere from any pump or
    compressor
    in any 15 minute period at standard conditions.
    119—299

    64
    Section 218.143
    Vapor Blowdown
    No
    person shall cause or allow the emission of organic material
    into the atmosphere from any vapor blowdown system or any
    safety
    relief valve, except such safety relief valves not capable of
    causing an excessive release, unless such emission is controlled:
    a)
    To 10 ppm equivalent methane (molecular weight 16.0)
    or
    less;
    or,
    b)
    By combustion in a smokeless flare;
    or,
    c)
    By other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency according to the provisions of
    35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 201, and further processed consistent with Section
    218.108.
    Section 218.144
    Safety Relief Valves
    Section 218.143 shall not apply to any set of unregulated safety
    relief valves capable of causing excessive releases, provided the
    owner or operator thereof,
    by October
    1,
    1972,
    supplied the
    Agency with the following:
    a)
    A historical record of each such set
    (or,
    if such
    records were unavailable,
    of similar sets which,
    by
    virtue of operation under similar circumstances, may
    reasonably have been presumed to have the same or
    greater frequency of excessive releases)
    for a
    three-year period immediately preceding October
    1,
    1972,
    indicating:
    1)
    Dates on which excessive releases occurred from
    each such set; and,
    2)
    Duration
    in
    minutes
    of
    each
    such excessive
    release; and,
    3)
    Quantities
    (in pounds)
    of mercaptans and/or
    hydrogen sulfide emitted into the atmosphere
    during each such excessive release.
    b)
    Proof,
    using such three-year historical records, that
    no excessive release is likely to occur from any such
    set either alone or in combination with such excessive
    releases from other sets owned or operated by the same
    person and located within a ten—mile radius from the
    center point of any such set, more frequently than
    3
    times in any 12 month period;
    c)
    Accurate maintenance records pursuant to the
    119—300

    65
    requirements of subsection
    (a); and,
    d)
    Proof, at three—year intervals,
    using such three—year
    historical records, that such set conforms to the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (c).
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section 218.181
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to all cold
    cleaning, open top vapor degreasing,
    and conveyorized degreasing
    operations.
    Section 218.182
    Cold Cleaning
    a)
    Operating Procedures:
    No person shall operate
    a cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into, the atmosphere;
    2)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when parts
    are not being handled; and
    3)
    Parts are drained until dripping ceases.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate a cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover which is
    closed whenever parts are not being handled in the
    cleaner.
    The cover shall be designed to be easily
    operated with one hand or with the mechanical
    assistance of springs, counter—weights or a
    powered system if:
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is greater than 2
    kPa
    (15
    nunHg
    or 0.3 psi) measured at 38°C
    (100°F);
    B)
    The solvent
    is agitated; or
    C)
    The solvent is heated above ambient room
    temperature.
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with a facility for
    draining cleaned parts.
    The drainage facility
    shall be constructed so that parts are enclosed
    under the cover while draining unless:
    119—301

    66
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is less than 4.3
    kPa
    (32
    minHg
    or 0.6 psi) measured at
    38oC
    (lOOoF); or
    B)
    An internal drainage facility cannot be
    fitted into the cleaning system,
    in which
    case the drainage facility may be external.
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices if the vapor pressure of
    the solvent is greater than 4.3 kPa
    (32
    mmHg or
    0.6 psi) measured at 38°C(100°F)or if the
    solvent is heated above
    5OoC
    (120°F)or its
    boiling point:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 7/10 of the inside
    width of the tank or 91 cm
    (36 in), whichever
    is less; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    218.108.
    Such a system may include
    a water
    cover,
    refrigerated chiller or carbon
    adsorber.
    4)
    A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the
    operating procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
    and
    5)
    If a solvent spray is used, the degreaser is
    equipped with
    a solid fluid stream spray,
    rather
    than a fine, atomized or shower spray.
    Section 218.183
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open top vapor degreaser unless:
    1)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when
    workloads are not being processed through the
    degreaser;
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts to allow complete drainage;
    B)
    Moving parts in and out of the degreaser at
    less than 3.3 m/min
    (11 ft/mm);
    C)
    Holding the parts
    in the vapor zone until
    119—302

    67
    condensation ceases;
    D)
    Tipping out any pools of solvent on the
    cleaned parts before removal from the vapor
    zone; and,
    E)
    Allowing parts to dry within the degreaser
    until visually dry.
    3)
    Porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth,
    leather, wood or rope are not degreased;
    4)
    Less than half of the degreaser’s open top area is
    occupied with a workload;
    5)
    The degreaser is not loaded to the point where the
    vapor
    level
    would
    drop
    more
    than
    10
    cm
    (4
    in)
    when
    the
    workload
    is
    removed
    from
    the
    vapor
    zone;
    6)
    Spraying is done below the vapor level only;
    7)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    8)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent
    (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    9)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting
    from
    the
    water
    separator;
    and
    10)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65 cubic feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of degreaser open area is not
    used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of
    the Occupational Safety and Health Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open
    top
    vapor
    degreaser
    unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover designed to
    open and close easily without disturbing the vapor
    zone;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level; and
    119—303

    68
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray pump if
    the
    vapor
    level
    drops
    more
    than
    10
    cm
    (4
    in)
    below the bottom condenser coil; and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the suinp heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level.
    3)
    A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the
    operating procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
    4)
    The
    degreaser
    is
    equipped
    with
    one
    of
    the
    following devices:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 3/4 of the inside width
    of the degreaser tank or 91 cm
    (36 in),
    whichever is less; and if the degreaser
    opening is greater than
    1 square meter
    (10.8
    square feet),
    a powered or mechanically
    assisted cover; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include
    a
    refrigerated chiller,
    an enclosed
    design or a carbon adsorption system.
    Section 218.184
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate
    a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65 cubic feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of area of loading and unloading
    opening is not used,
    unless necessary to meet the
    requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health
    Act
    (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.).
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts for best drainage; and
    B)
    Maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at
    less
    than
    3.3
    rn/mm
    (11 ft/mm);
    3)
    Waste solvent
    is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent
    (by weight)
    is
    allowed
    to
    evaporate
    into
    the
    atmosphere;
    119—304

    69
    4)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    5)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and
    6)
    Downtime covers are placed over entrances and
    exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after
    the conveyors and exhausts are shut down and not
    removed until just before start—up.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a drying tunnel,
    rotating (tumbling)
    basket or other equipment
    sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying
    out solvent liquid or vapor;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts of
    f
    the
    sump
    heat
    source
    if the amount of condenser coolant
    is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level;
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray
    pump or
    the conveyor if the vapor level drops more
    than 10 cm
    (4
    in) below the bottom condenser
    coil; and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level;
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with openings for
    entrances and exits that silhouette workloads so
    that the average clearance between the parts and
    the edge of the degreaser opening is less than 10
    cm
    (4
    in) or less than 10 percent of the width of
    the opening;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with downtime covers for
    closing off entrances and exits when the degreaser
    is shut down;
    and
    5)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices,
    if the air/vapor
    interface
    is larger than 2.0 square meters
    (21.6
    square feet):
    119—305

    70
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system with ventilation
    greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (50 cubic feet per
    minute per square foot)
    of air/vapor area
    when downtime covers are open, and exhausting
    less than 25 ppm of solvent by volume
    averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or
    B)
    Any
    other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency,
    and further processed consistent with Section
    218.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include a refrigerated chiller.
    Section 218.185
    Compliance Schedule
    Every
    owner or operator of an emission source which was
    previously exempt from the requirements of Subpart E of
    35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215
    (Sections 215.182—215.184)
    because it satisfied the
    criteria in either 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 215.181(a)
    or 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.181(b),
    shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section 218.106.
    A
    source which did not satisfy the criteria in either 35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(a)
    or 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 215.181(b)
    shall comply with
    the requirements of this Subpart upon adoption.
    Section 218.186
    Test Methods
    The following test methods shall be used to demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart:
    a)
    Vapor pressures shall be determined by using the
    procedure specified in Section 218.110.
    b)
    Exhaust ventilation rates shall be determined by using
    the procedures specified in Section ‘218.105(f) (3).
    c)
    The performance of control devices shall be determined
    by using the procedures specified in Section
    218.105(f).
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Section
    218.204
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Manufacturing
    Plants
    Except as provided in Section 218.208, no owner or operator of
    a
    coating line shall apply at any time any coating in which the VON
    content exceeds the following emission limitations for the
    specified coating.
    The following emission
    limitations
    are
    expressed in units of VON per volume of coating
    (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition
    of
    VON)
    as applied at each coating applicator,
    except where
    119—306

    71
    noted.
    Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM should be treated as water for the purpose of
    calculating the “less water” part of the coating composition.
    Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 218.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section
    218.211(c).
    (Note:
    The
    equation presented in Section 218.206 shall be used to calculate
    emission limitations for determining compliance by add—on
    controls, credits for transfer efficiency,
    emissions trades and
    cross—line averaging.)
    The emission limitations are as follows:
    a)
    Automobile or Light-Duty
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    Truck Coating
    1)
    Prime
    coat
    0.14
    (1.2)
    2)
    Prime surfacer coat
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The prime surfacer coat limitation is based
    upon a transfer efficiency of 30 percent.
    The use
    of
    transfer
    efficiency
    credits
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    3)
    Topcoat
    1.81
    (15.1)
    (Note:
    The topcoat limitation is
    in
    units
    of
    kg
    (lbs)
    of VON per
    1
    (gal)
    of coating solids deposited.
    Compliance with the limitation shall be based on the
    daily—weighted average VON content from the entire
    topcoat operation (all topcoat spray booths, flash-off
    areas and bake ovens).
    Compliance shall be
    demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    for automobiles and light—duty trucks referenced in
    Section 218.105(b).
    Section 218.205 does not apply to
    the topcoat limitation.)
    At least
    180 days prior to
    the initial compliance date,
    the owner or operator of a
    coating line subject to the topcoat limitation shall
    have submitted to the USEPA
    a detailed proposal
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with
    the protocol.
    The proposal shall have included,
    at a
    minimum,
    a comprehensive plan (including a rationale)
    for determining the transfer efficiency at each booth
    through the use of in-plant, or pilot testing; the
    selection of coatings to be tested (for the purpose of
    determining transfer efficiency)
    including the
    rationale for coating groupings; and the method for
    determining the analytic VON content of as
    appliedcoatings
    and
    the
    formulation
    solvent
    content
    of
    as applied coatings.
    Upon approval of the protocol by
    119—307

    72
    the USEPA, the source may proceed with the compliance
    demonstration
    -
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    4)
    Final repair coat
    0.58
    (4.8)
    b)
    Can Coating
    kg/i
    lb/gal
    1)
    Sheet basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    2)
    Exterior basecoat and
    0.34
    (2.8)
    overvarnish
    3)
    Interior body spray coat 0.51
    (4.2)
    4)
    Exterior
    end
    coat
    0.51
    (4.2)
    5)
    Side seam spray coat
    0.66
    (5.5)
    6)
    End
    sealing
    compound
    coato.44
    (3.7)
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    c)
    Paper
    Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    (Note:
    The paper coating limitation shall not apply to
    any owner or operator of any paper coating line on
    which printing
    is performed if the paper coating line
    complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart H:
    Printing
    and
    Publishing,
    Sections
    218.401
    through
    218.404.)
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    d)
    Coil Coating
    0.31
    (2.6)
    e)
    Fabric Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    f)
    Vinyl
    Coating
    0.45
    (3.8)
    g)
    Metal Furniture Coating
    0.36
    (3.0)
    h)
    Large
    Appliance Coating
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The limitation shall not apply to the use of
    quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks
    that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of
    coating
    does
    not
    exceed
    0.95
    1
    (1
    quart)
    in any one
    rolling eight-hour period.)
    119—308

    73
    1)
    Wood
    1)
    2)
    3)
    4)
    5)
    6)
    7)
    k~/1
    0.20
    0.52
    0.42
    0.42
    0.36
    kg/i
    0.67
    0.56
    0.60
    0.67
    0.67
    0.79
    0.73
    lb/gal
    (1.7)
    (4.3)
    (3.5)
    (3.5)
    (3.0)
    lb/gal
    (5.6)
    (4.7)
    (5.0)
    (5.6)
    (5.6)
    (6.6)
    (6.1)
    i)
    Magnet Wire Coating
    j)
    Miscellaneous Metal Parts and
    Products
    Coating
    1)
    Clear coating
    2)
    Air-dried
    coating
    3)
    Extreme performance
    coating
    4)
    All other
    coatings
    k)
    Heavy
    Off-Highway
    Vehicle
    Products Coating
    1)
    Extreme performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    prime
    coat
    2)
    Extreme performance top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    (air
    dried)
    3)
    Final
    repair
    coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air dried)
    4)
    All
    other coatings are subject to the emission
    limitations for miscellaneous metal parts
    and’
    products coatings in subsection
    (j)
    above.
    kg/i
    lb/gal
    Furniture Coating
    Clear
    topcoat
    Opaque stain
    Pigmented coat
    Repair coat
    Sealer
    Semi—transparent stain
    Wash coat
    119—309

    74
    (Note:
    An owner or operator of a wood furniture
    coating operation subject to this Section shall apply
    all coatings, with the exception of no more than 37.8
    1
    (10 gal)
    of coating per day used for touch-up and
    repair operations, using one or more of the following
    application systems:
    airless spray application system,
    air—assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic
    bell or disc spray application system, heated airless
    spray application system,
    roller coating, brush or wipe
    coating application system,
    or dip coating application
    system.)
    m)
    Existing Diesel-Electric Locomotive Coating Lines
    in
    Cook County
    k~Jl
    lb/gal
    1)
    Extreme performance prime
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    2)
    Extreme performance top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    (air dried)
    3)
    Final
    repair
    coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air dried)
    4)
    High-temperature aluminum
    0.72
    (6.0)
    coating
    5)
    All other coatings
    0.36
    (3.0)
    Section 218.205
    Daily—Weighted Average Limitations
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations
    of Section 218.204 and complying by means of this Section shall
    operate
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    unless
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    has
    demonstrated compliance with subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e)
    or
    (f)
    (depending upon the source category) through the
    applicable
    coating
    analysis
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(d):
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one of the limitations from among Section
    218.204(a)(l),
    (a)(2),
    (a)(4),
    (C),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g),
    (h),
    or
    (i)
    shall apply coatings on any such coating
    line, during any day, whose daily-weighted average VON
    content exceeds the emission limitation to which the
    coatings are subject.
    119—310

    75
    b)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section 218.204(j)
    shall apply coatings to
    miscellaneous metal parts or products on the subject
    coating line unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) below are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    218.204(j)
    above, during the same day
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/i
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings from
    more
    than
    one
    of
    the
    four
    coating
    categories
    in
    Section 218.204(j)
    above,
    during the same day, the
    owner or operator shall have a site—specific
    proposal approved by the Agency and approved by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    To
    receive
    approval,
    the
    requirements
    of
    USEPA’s
    Emissions
    Trading
    Policy Statement
    (and related policy) must be
    satisfied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility subject
    to the limitations of Section 215.204(b)
    shall operate
    the subject coating facility using a coating with a
    VOM
    content in excess of the limitations specified in
    Section
    215.204(b)
    unless all of the following
    requirements are met:
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to subsection
    (c) (2)
    below.
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated
    by
    use
    of
    the following equation.
    U
    E
    =
    S
    V.C.
    d
    i=1
    ~
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript
    denoting
    a
    specific
    coating
    applied,
    119—311

    76
    n
    =
    Total number of coatings applied in the
    can coating operation,
    V~
    =
    Volume of each coating applied for the
    day in units of i/day (gal/day)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM),
    and
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VOM/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted
    from
    the
    definition
    of
    VON).
    2)
    The alternative daily emission limitation
    (Ad)
    shall be determined on a daily basis as follows:
    U
    Ad
    =
    S V~L~LQ1
    -
    C~j
    (D~
    L~)
    where:
    Ad
    =
    The VON emissions allowed for the day
    in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings applied
    in the can coating operation,
    C~
    =
    The VOM content of each surface coating
    as applied in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VOM),
    =
    The density of
    VOM
    in
    each
    coating
    applied.
    For the purposes of
    calculating Ad, the density
    is
    0.882 kg VON/i VON (7.36 lbs VON/gal
    VOM),
    =
    Volume of each surface coating applied
    for the day in units of
    1
    (gal)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    119—312

    77
    =
    The
    VON
    emission
    limitation
    for
    each
    surface coating applied as specified in
    Section 218.204(b)
    in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section
    218.204(k)
    shall apply coatings to heavy
    off-highway vehicle products on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (d) (1)
    or
    (d) (2) below are met.
    I)
    For
    each
    coating
    line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical
    emission
    limitation
    within
    Section
    218.204(k)
    above,
    during
    the
    same
    day
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/i
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject
    to
    more
    than
    one numerical emission
    limitation
    in
    Section
    218.204(k)
    above,
    during
    the
    same
    day,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    have
    a
    site
    specific
    proposal
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.204(1)
    shall
    apply coatings to wood furniture on
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (e)
    (1)
    or
    (e) (2),
    in addition to the requirements specified in
    the note to Section 218.204(1),
    are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    218.204(1)
    above, during the same day (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/i
    5.6
    lbs/gal)),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VOM content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    119—313

    78
    2)
    For
    each
    coating
    line
    which
    applies
    coatings
    subject
    to
    more
    than
    one
    numerical
    emission
    limitation
    in
    Section
    218.204(1)
    above,
    during
    the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    f)
    No owner or operator of an existing diesel—electric
    locomotive coating line in Cook County, subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.204(m)
    shall apply coatings
    to diesel—electric locomotives on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical
    emission
    limitation
    within
    Section
    218.204(m)
    above, during the same day
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings
    used
    on
    the
    line
    are
    subject
    to
    0.42
    kg/i
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    the daily—weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For
    each
    coating
    line which applies coatings
    subject
    to
    more
    than
    one
    numerical
    emission
    limitation in Section 218.204(m)
    above,
    during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific
    proposal
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    To
    receive
    approval,
    the
    requirements
    of
    USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement
    (and related
    policy)
    must
    be
    satisfied.
    Section 218.206
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Limitations in terms of kg
    (lbs) of VON emissions per
    1
    (gal)
    of
    solids as applied at each coating applicator shall be determined
    by the following equation:
    5=
    C
    1
    (C/D)
    where:
    S
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal)
    of solids,
    119—3 14

    79
    C
    =
    The
    limitation
    on
    VON
    emissions
    in
    terms
    of kg/l
    (lbs/gal)
    of coating (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically
    excluded
    from
    the
    definition of VON)
    specified in Section
    218.204,
    D
    =
    The
    density
    of
    VON
    in
    the
    coating.
    For
    the purposes of calculating
    5, the
    density is 0.882 kg VOM/l VON (7.36 lbs
    VOM/gal VON).
    Section
    218.207
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    a)
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    Section 218.204 may comply with this Section, rather
    than with Section 218.204,
    if a capture system and
    control
    device
    are
    operated
    at
    all
    times
    and
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    demonstrates
    compliance
    with
    subsections
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h)
    (depending upon the
    source category) through the applicable coating
    analysis
    and
    capture
    system
    and
    control
    device
    efficiency
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures specified in
    Section 218.105 and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(e); and the
    control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section 218.105(d)
    and the monitoring equipment is installed,
    calibrated,
    operated and maintained according to vendor
    specifications
    at
    all
    times
    the
    control
    device
    is
    in
    use.
    A capture system and control device, which does
    not demonstrate compliance with subsection
    (c),
    (d’),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h) may be used as an alternative to
    compliance with Section 218.204 only if the alternative
    is approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP revision.
    b)
    Alternative Add-On Control Methodologies
    1)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provides 81 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VOM from the
    coating line and the control device has
    a 90
    percent efficiency,
    or
    2)
    The system used to control VOM from the coating
    line is demonstrated to have an overall efficiency
    sufficient to limit VON emissions to no more than
    what is allowed under Section 218.204.
    Use of any
    control system other than an afterburner, carbon
    adsorption,
    condensation, or absorption scrubber
    system
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved
    by
    the
    119—315

    80
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    The use of transfer efficiency credits
    can be allowed only if approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Baseline
    transfer efficiencies and transfer efficiency test
    methods must be approved by the Agency and the
    USEPA.
    Such overall efficiency is to be determined as
    follows:
    A)
    obtain
    the
    emission
    limitation
    from
    the
    appropriate
    subsection
    in
    Section
    218.204,
    B)
    calculate “S” according to the equation
    in
    Section
    218.206,
    3)
    calculate the overall efficiency required
    according to Section 218.105(e).
    For the purposes
    of calculating this value, according to the
    equation in Section 218.105(e) (2), VON1
    is equal
    to the value of “S” as determined above
    in
    subsection
    (b) (2) (B).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to
    only
    one
    of
    the
    emission
    limitations from among Section
    218.204 (a) (1),
    (a) (2),
    (a) (4),
    (c)
    ,
    (d)
    ,
    (e)
    ,
    (f)
    ,
    (g)
    (h)
    or
    (i) and equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject coating line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    above are met.
    No owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to Section 218.204(a) (3)
    and equipped with a
    capture system and control device shall operate the
    coating line unless the owner or operator demonstrates
    compliance
    with
    the
    topcoat
    limitation
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    topcoat
    protocol
    for automobile or light-duty
    trucks referenced in Section 218.105(b).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section
    218.204(j)
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings
    used
    on
    the
    line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/i 3.5
    lbs/gal)), and which
    is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    unless
    the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    above are
    met.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line which applies one or more
    119—316

    81
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section
    218.204(k)
    (e.g., all coatings used on the line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and which
    is
    equipped with a capture system and control device
    shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b)
    (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    above are
    met.
    f)
    No owner
    or operator of an existing diesel—electric
    locomotive
    coating
    line
    in
    Cook County which applies
    one
    or
    more
    coatings
    during
    the
    same
    day,
    all
    of
    which
    are subject to the same numerical emission limitation
    within
    Section
    218.204(m)
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings
    used
    on
    the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and
    which
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    capture
    system
    and
    control
    device shall operate the subject coating line unless
    the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    are
    met.
    g)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    which applies one or more coatings during the same day,
    all
    of which are
    subject to the same numerical emission
    limitation within Section 218.204(1)
    (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/i
    5.6
    lbs/gal),
    and which is equipped with a capture
    system
    and control device shall operate the subject coating
    line
    unless
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2) are met.
    If compliance is achieved by meeting
    the
    requirements
    in
    subsection
    (b) (2),
    then
    the
    provisions in the note to Section 218.204(1)
    must also
    be met.
    h)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility and
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating facility unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (h) (1) or
    (h) (2) below are
    met.
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to Section 218.205(c) (2).
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative
    daily
    emission
    limitation
    and
    shall
    be
    calculated by use of the following equation:
    Ed
    =
    ~
    C1
    (1-Ft)
    where:
    119—317

    82
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting the specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total
    number
    of surface coatings as
    applied in the can coating operation,
    V~
    =
    Volume of each
    coating
    as
    applied
    for
    the
    day
    in
    units
    of
    1/day
    (gal/day)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which
    are specifically
    exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    C1
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of
    VON),
    and
    F~
    =
    Fraction, by weight,
    of VON emissions
    from the surface coating,
    reduced
    or
    prevented from being emitted to the
    ambient air. This is the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and
    control device.
    2)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provide 75 percent
    reduction in
    the
    overall
    emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency.
    Section 218.208
    Exemptions From Emission Limitations
    a)
    Exemptions for all source categories except wood
    furniture coating.
    The limitations of this Subpart
    shall not apply to coating lines within a facility,
    that otherwise would be subject to the same subsection
    of Section 218.204
    (because they belong to the same
    source category,
    e.g. can coating), provided that
    combined actual emissions of VON from all lines at
    the
    facility subject to that subsection never exceed
    6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the application of
    capture systems and control devices.
    (For example, can
    coating
    lines
    within
    a
    plant
    would
    not be subject to
    the limitations of Section 218.204(b)
    if the combined
    actual emissions of VON from the can coating lines
    never exceed 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the
    119—3 18

    83
    application of capture systems and control devices.)
    Volatile organic material emissions from heavy
    off-highway vehicle products coating lines must be
    combined with VON emissions from miscellaneous metal
    parts and products coating lines to determine
    applicability.
    Any owner or operator of a coating
    facility shall comply with the applicable coating
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.211(a)
    if total
    VOM emissions from the subject coating lines are always
    less than or equal to 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before
    the application of capture systems and control devices
    and, therefore, are not subject to the limitations of
    Section 218.204.
    Once a category of coating lines at a
    facility
    is subject to the limitations in Section
    218.204, the coating lines are always subject to the
    limitations
    in Section 218.204.
    b)
    Applicability for wood furniture coating
    1)
    The limitations of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s wood furniture coating lines
    if the plant
    contains process emission sources, not regulated
    by Subparts B,
    E,
    F (excluding Section
    218.204(1)), H
    (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    1,
    or
    Z of this Part,
    which as a group
    both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91
    Mg
    (100 tons) or more per calendar year of VON
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used,
    and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of VON per calendar year if no
    air pollution
    control equipment were used, through
    production or capacity limitations contained
    in a federally enforceable construction
    permit or SIP revision.
    2)
    If
    a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of
    subsection
    (b) (1), the limitations of Section
    218.204(1)
    shall continue to apply to any wood
    furniture coating line which was ever subject to
    the limitations of Section 218.204(1).
    3)
    For the purposes of subsection
    (b), an emission
    source shall be considered regulated by a Subpart
    if it
    is subject to the limitations of that
    Subpart.
    An emission source is not considered
    regulated by a Subpart
    if its emissions are
    below
    119—319

    84
    the applicability cutoff level or if the source
    is
    covered by an exemption.
    4)
    Any owner or operator of a wood furniture coating
    line
    to
    which
    the
    limitations
    of
    this
    Subpart
    are
    not applicable due to the criteria in subsection
    (b)
    shall,
    upon request by the Agency or the
    USEPA, submit records to the Agency and the USEPA
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request
    that
    document
    that
    the
    coating line is
    exempt from the limitations of this Subpart.
    Section 218.209
    Exemption From General Rule on Use of Organic
    Material
    No owner or operator
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of Section 218.204 is required to meet the limitations of
    Subpart
    G
    (Section
    218.301
    or
    218.302)
    of
    this
    Part,
    after
    the
    date by which the coating line
    is required to meet Section
    218 .204.
    Section 218.210
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a coating
    line
    (of a type included
    within
    Section 218.204)
    shall comply with the requirements of
    Section 218.204,
    218.207 or 218.208 and Section 218.211 in
    accordance with the appropriate compliance schedule as specified
    in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c)
    or
    (d) below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line which
    is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 218.204 because of the
    criteria
    in
    Section
    218.208(a)
    shall
    operate
    said
    coating line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Section 218.211(b).
    Wood furniture coating lines are not subject to Section
    218.211(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 218.204 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with, Sections 218.204
    and 218.211(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means
    of Section 218.205 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 218.205
    and 218.211(d).
    119—320

    85
    d)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means
    of
    Section
    218.207
    shall
    operate
    said
    coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Sections 218.207
    and
    218.211(e).
    Section 218.211
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The
    VON
    content
    of
    each
    coating
    and
    the
    efficiency
    of
    each capture system and control device shall be
    determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified
    in Section 218.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which
    is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because of Section 218.208(a)
    shall comply with the
    following:
    1)
    By
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner or operator of a facility referenced in this
    subsection
    shall
    certify
    to
    the
    Agency
    that
    the
    facility is exempt under the provisions of Section
    218.208(a).
    Such certification shall
    include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because
    of
    Section
    218.208(a);
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that the
    combined VON emissions from all coating lines
    at the facility never exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 lbs)
    per day before the application of capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices.
    The
    following
    equation shall be used to calculate total VON
    emissions:
    Te
    =
    s
    ~
    (A~B~)~
    j=1
    i=1
    where:
    Te
    =Total VON emissions from coating lines
    at a facility each day before the
    application of capture systems and
    control devices in units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    m
    =
    Number of coating lines at the
    119—321

    86
    facility,
    j
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating line,
    n
    =
    Number of different coatings as
    applied each day on each coating
    line at the facility,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating,
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON)
    as applied each day
    on each coating line at the facility
    in
    units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal), and
    B1
    =
    Volume of each coating (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as
    applied each day on each coating line
    at
    the facility in units of 1/day
    (gal/day).
    The instrument or method
    by
    which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of
    each coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line each day shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record
    all
    of
    the
    following
    information
    each
    day
    for each coating line and maintain the information
    at the facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.204
    because of Section 218.208(a)
    shall notify the
    119—322

    87
    Agency of any record showing that total VOM
    emissions from the coating facility exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 ibs)
    in any day before the application of
    capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices
    by
    sending
    a
    copy of such record to the Agency within
    30 days
    after the exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.204 and complying by means
    of Section 218.204 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial
    start—up
    of
    a
    new
    coating
    line,
    or
    upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject coating line from Section 218.205 or
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.204; the owner or
    operator of a subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 218.204 on and after
    a
    date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification
    shall
    include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VOM per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VOM)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.2,04 (a) (3), certification shall include:
    i)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating line which will comply by
    means of Section 218.204(a) (3),
    ii)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line,
    iii) The weight of VON per volume of each
    coating as applied on each coating line,
    iv)
    The instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator will accurately
    measure or calculate the volume of each
    coating as applied each day on each
    coating line,
    119—323

    88
    v)
    The method by which the owner or
    operator will create and maintain
    records each day as required in
    subsection
    (c) (2) below for coating
    lines subject to Section 218.204(a) (3),
    vi)
    An example format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (c) (2)
    below for
    coating lines subject to Section
    218.204 (a) (3).
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.204 and
    complying by means of Section 218.204 shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition
    of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    maintain all records necessary to calculate
    the daily-weighted average VON content from
    the coating line in accordance with the
    proposal submitted,
    and approved by the
    USEPA,
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.204(a)
    (3).
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    coating
    line
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.204 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation,
    except that any record showing a violation of
    Section 218.204(a) (3)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within
    15 days from the end of the month in
    which the violation occurred.
    119—324

    89
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.204
    from Section 218.204 to Section 218.205 or
    Section 218.207, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (d) (1)
    or
    (e) (1) below, respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 218.204 from Section 218.204 to
    Section 218.205 or Section 218.207, the owner
    or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (d)
    or
    (e),
    respectively.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    218.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    notify the Agency of any change to the
    topcoating operation at least 30 days before
    the change is effected.
    The Agency shall
    determine whether or not recertification
    testing is required.
    If the Agency
    determines that recertification testing is
    required, then the owner or operator shall
    submit a proposal to the Agency to test
    within 30 days and retest within 30 days of
    the Agency’s approval of the proposal.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.204 and complying by means
    of Section 218.205 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject coating line from Section 218.204 or
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.205; the owner or
    operator of the subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be
    in
    compliance with Section 218.205 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    Section 218.205.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of
    each
    coating
    (minus
    water and any
    119—325

    90
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or
    operator
    will
    accurately
    measure
    or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (d) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (d) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start—up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.204 and
    complying by means of Section 218.205,
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined
    in
    Section
    218.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.205 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section
    218.205
    to
    Section
    218.204
    or
    Section
    119—326

    91
    218.207, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    (e) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 218.205 to Section 218.204 or Section
    218.207, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c)
    or
    (e), respectively.
    e)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.207 and complying by means
    of Section 218.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g)
    or
    (h)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    coating line from Section 218.204 or Section
    218.205 to Section 218.207, the owner or operator
    of the subject coating line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency the results of all
    tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 218.207 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.207 and
    complying
    by
    means
    of
    Section
    218.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g), or
    (h)
    shall collect and record all
    of the following information each day for each
    coating line and maintain the information at the
    facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The weight of VON per volume of coating
    solids as applied each day on each coating
    line,
    if complying pursuant to Section
    218.207(b) (2).
    B)
    Control device monitoring data.
    C)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system,
    control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated coating line.
    D)
    A
    maintenance
    log
    for
    the
    capture
    system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    119—327

    92
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.207 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this Subpart from
    Section 218.207 to Section 218.204 or Section
    218.205, the owner
    or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1)
    or
    (d) (I)
    of this Section, respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with this
    subpart from Section 218.207 to Section
    218.204 or Section 218.205, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c)
    or
    (d)
    of this Section,
    respectively.
    SUBPART
    G:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section 218.301
    Use of Organic Naterial
    No person shall
    cause or allow the discharge of more than 3.6
    kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr)
    of organic material into the atmosphere from any
    emission source,
    except as provided in Sections 218.302,
    218.303,
    218.304 and the following exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists
    the limitation of this Subpart shall apply only to
    photochemically reactive material.
    Section 218.302
    Alternative Standard
    Emissions of organic material in excess of those permitted by
    Section 218.301 are allowable if such emissions are controlled by
    one of the following methods:
    a)
    Flame, thermal or catalytic incineration so as either
    to reduce such emissions to 10 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular weight
    16) or less,
    or to convert 85 percent
    of the hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide and water; or,
    b)
    A vapor recovery system which adsorbs and/or condenses
    at least 85 percent of the total uncontrolled organic
    material that would otherwise be emitted to the
    atmosphere;
    or,
    119—328

    93
    c)
    Any other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the
    uncontrolled organic material that would be otherwise
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Section 218.303
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply to
    fuel combustion emission sources.
    Section 218.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply
    to
    any owner,
    operator, user or manufacturer of paint, varnish,
    lacquer, coatings or printing ink whose compliance program and
    project completion schedule, as required by 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code
    201, provided for the reduction of organic material used in such
    process to 20 percent or less of total volume by Nay 30,
    1977.
    SUBPART H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section 218.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    a)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply at any time any coating or
    ink unless the VON content does not exceed the
    limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1)
    or
    (a) (2)
    below.
    Compliance with this Section must be
    demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.404(c).
    As an
    alternative to compliance with this subsection,
    a
    subject printing line may meet the requirements of
    subsection
    (b) or
    (c)
    below.
    1)
    Forty percent VON by volume of the coating and ink
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of VON),
    or
    2)
    Twenty-five percent VON by volume of the volatile
    content in the coating and ink.
    b)
    No
    owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply coatings or inks on the
    subject printing line unless the weighted average, by
    volume, VON content of all coatings and inks as applied
    each day on the subject printing line does not exceed
    119—329

    94
    the limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (1)
    or subsection
    (a) (1))
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (2).
    Compliance with this subsection must be demonstrated
    through the applicable coating or ink analysis test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 218.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements
    specified in Section 218.404(d).
    1)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if
    the
    weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    of
    all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject printing line exceeds the limitation
    specified in subsection
    (a) (1).
    U
    S
    C~L~(V~~
    +
    VV0M.)
    i=i
    VON.
    =
    ________________
    (i)(A)
    S
    L~(V~~
    +
    VVOMj)
    i=i
    Where:
    VON(I)(A)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VOM by volume of
    all coatings and inks (minus water
    and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    a printing line,
    C1
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of each coating or
    ink as applied (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of
    VON),
    L1
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of
    1
    (gal),
    ~
    =
    The volume fraction of solids in
    119—330

    95
    each coating or ink as applied,
    and
    VVOMI
    =
    The volume fraction of VOM in each
    coating or ink as applied.
    2)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if the weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject printing line exceeds the limitation
    specified in subsection
    (a) (2).
    -
    ~
    C~L~V~1
    (i)(B)
    L~V~1
    where:
    VOM(i)(B)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VON by volume of
    the volatile content of all
    coatings and inks used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    each printing line,
    C1
    =
    The VON content
    in units of percent
    VOM by volume of the volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied,
    L~
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of
    1
    (gal), and
    =
    The volume fraction of volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject printing line
    unless the owner or operator meets the requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1),
    (c) (2), or
    (c) (3) and subsections
    119—33 1

    96
    (c)(4),
    (c)(5)
    and
    (c)(6) below.
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system is used which reduces
    the captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent
    by weight,
    or
    2)
    An incineration system is used which reduces the
    captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent by
    weight,
    or
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system is
    used which is demonstrated to have at least
    a
    90 percent control device efficiency, approved by
    the Agency and approved by USEPA as a SIP
    revision, and
    4)
    The printing line is equipped with a capture
    system and control device that provides an overall
    reduction in VON emissions of at least:
    A)
    75 percent where a publication rotogravure
    printing line is employed, or
    B)
    65 percent where a packaging rotogravure
    printing line is employed,
    or
    C)
    60 percent where a flexographic printing line
    is employed, and
    4)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    218.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed,
    calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    5)
    The capture system and control device are operated
    at all times when the subject printing line is
    in
    operation.
    The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this subsection by
    using the applicable capture system and control
    device test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105(c) through Section 218.105(f)
    and
    by complying with the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 218.404(e).
    Section 218.402
    Applicability
    a)
    The limitations of Section 218.401 apply to all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at a
    subject facility.
    All facilities with flexographic
    and/or rotogravure printing lines are subject
    119—33 2

    97
    facilities unless:
    1)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON from
    all flexographic and rotogravure printing line(s)
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application of
    capture systems and control devices, or
    2)
    A federally enforceable construction permit or SIP
    revision for all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s)
    at a facility requires the owner
    or operator to limit production or capacity of
    these printing line(s)
    to reduce total VON
    emissions from all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s) to 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    or less per
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    b)
    Upon achieving compliance with this Subpart, the
    emission source is not required to meet Subpart G
    (Sections 218.301 or 218.302)..
    Emission sources exempt
    from this Subpart are subject to Subpart G (Sections
    218.301 or 215.802).
    Rotogravure or flexographic
    equipment used for both roll printing and paper coating
    is subject to this Subpart.
    c)
    Once subject to the limitations of Section 218.401,
    a
    flexographic or rotogravure printing line
    is always
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.401.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of any flexographic or
    rotogravure printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations of Section 218.401 because of the criteria
    in this Section is subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements specified in Section 218.404(b).
    Section 218.403
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a flexographic and/or rotogravure
    printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    Section 218.401 and Section 218.404
    in accordance with the
    applicable compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c)
    or
    (d)
    below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line which
    is exempt from the limitations of
    Section 218.401 because of the criteria in Section
    218.402 shall operate said printing line on or after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner
    or operator has complied with, and continues to
    comply
    with,
    Section 218.404(b).
    119—333

    98
    b)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(a)
    shall operate said printing line on or after
    a date
    consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 218.401(a)
    and Section 218.404(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(b)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 218.401(b)
    and Section 218.404(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 218.401(c)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 218.401(c)
    and Section 218.404(e).
    Section 218.404
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The VON content of each coating and ink and the
    efficiency of eachcapture system and control device
    shall be determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in Section 218.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which
    is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.401
    because of the criteria in Section 218.402 shall comply
    with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    the
    owner or operator of a facility to which this
    subsection is applicable shall certify to the
    Agency that the facility is exempt under the
    provisions of Section 218.402.
    Such certification
    shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of the criteria in
    Section 218.401 because of Section 218.402,
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VON from all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the
    application of capture systems and control
    119—334

    99
    devices.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM for a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing facility is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON from each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per calendar
    year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices for each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line
    at
    the facility:
    E~
    =
    A x B
    where:
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from one flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line in units
    of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids of
    the coating or ink with the highest
    VON
    content as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating or ink solids,
    and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all coatings
    and inks that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in units
    of 1/year
    (gal/year).
    The instrument
    and/or method by which the owner or
    operator accurately measured or
    calculated the volume of each coating
    and ink as applied and the amount that
    can potentially be applied each year on
    the printing line shall be described in
    the certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each year
    for each printing line and maintain the
    information at the facility for
    a period of three
    years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    119—335

    100
    line.
    B)
    The VOM content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each year on each
    printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 218.401
    because of the criteria in Section 218.402 shall
    notify the Agency of any record showing that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all
    printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    in any
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices by sending a copy of
    such record to the Agency within 30 days after
    the
    exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to
    the
    limitations of Section 218.401 and complying by means
    of Section 218.401(a)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject printing line from Section 218.401(b)
    or
    Section 218.401(c)
    to Section 218.401(a), the
    owner or operator of a subject printing line shall
    certify to the Agency that the printing line will
    be in compliance with Section 218.401(a)
    on and
    after a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or
    on and after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.401 and
    complying by means of Section 218.401(a)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for
    a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    119—336

    101
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.401(a)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from Section 218.401(a)
    to Section 218.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with
    all requirements of subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (c) (1),
    respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from Section 218.401(a)
    to Section 218.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c), respectively.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.401 and complying by means
    of Section 218.401(b)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject printing line from Section 218.401(a)
    or
    (c) to Section 218.401(b),
    the owner or operator
    of the subject printing line shall certify to the
    Agency that the printing line will be in
    compliance with Section 218.401(b)
    on and after a
    date consistent with Section 218.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    printing line which will comply by means of
    Section 218.401(b).
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink available for use on each
    printing line.
    119—337

    102
    C)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating and ink
    as applied each day on each printing line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.401 and
    complying by means of Section 218.401(b)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each day on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of
    all
    coatings and inks as applied on each printing
    line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.401(b)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from Section 218.401(b)
    to Section 218.401(a)
    119—338

    103
    or 218.401(c), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (c)(1) or (e)(1), respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 218.401 from Section 218.401(b)
    to
    Section 218.401(a) or
    (c), the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c)
    or
    (e), respectively.
    e)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 218.401 and complying by means
    of Section 218.401(c)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By
    a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    printing line from Section 218.401(a)
    or
    (b) to
    Section 218.401(c), the owner or operator of the
    subject printing line shall perform all tests and
    submit to the Agency the results of all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that the
    subject printing line will be in compliance with
    Section 218.401(c) on and, after a date consistent
    with Section 218.106,
    or on and after the initial
    start—up date.
    2)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start—up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 218.401 and
    complying by means of Section 218.401(c)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated printing line.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    119—339

    104
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    218.401(c),
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from Section 218.401(c)
    to Section 218.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1)
    or
    (d)(l), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with Section 218.401
    from Section 218.401(c)
    to Section 218.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c)
    or
    (d), respectively.
    Section 218.405
    Heatset-Web-Offset Lithographic Printing
    a)
    Applicability
    1)
    The limitations of subsection
    (b) below apply to
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing lines
    at a subject facility.
    All facilities with
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing lines are
    subject facilities unless:
    A)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON
    from all heatset-web-offset lithographic
    printing lines at the facility never exceed
    90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    or
    B)
    A federally enforceable construction permit
    or SIP revision for all heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing lines(s) at a facility
    requires the owner or operator to limit
    production or capacity of these printing
    line(s) to reduce total VON emissions from
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing
    line(s) to 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    per calendar
    year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment,
    and
    2)
    Any owner or operator of any heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations in subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a) (1)
    shall be subject to
    the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in
    119—340

    105
    subsection
    (c) (1).
    b)
    Specific Provisions.
    No owner or operator of a subject
    heatset—web— offset printing line may cause or allow
    the operation of the subject heatset-web-offset
    printing line unless the owner or operator meets the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    and the
    requirements in subsections
    (b) (3) and
    (b) (4)
    below.
    1)
    An afterburner system is installed and operated
    that reduces 90 percent of the VON emissions from
    the dryer exhaust, or
    2)
    The fountain solution contains no more than
    8 percent,
    by weight,
    of VON and a condensation
    recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non—isopropyl
    alcohol organic materials from the dryer exhaust,
    and
    3)
    The control device
    is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    218.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed,
    calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    4)
    The control device is operated at all times when
    the subject printing line is in operation.
    The
    owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance
    with this Section by using the applicable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section
    218.105(a),
    (d), and
    (f) and by complying with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
    in subsection
    (c) below.
    c)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting.
    The VON content of each
    fountain solution and ink and the efficiency of each
    control device shall be determined by the applicable
    test methods and procedures specified in Section
    218.105 to establish the records required under this
    subsection.
    1)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility to which
    subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable shall certify
    to the Agency that the facility is exempt
    119—34 1

    106
    under the provisions of subsection
    (a).
    Such
    certification shall include:
    i)
    A declaration that the facility is
    exempt from the limitations of
    subsection
    (b)
    because of the criteria
    in subsection
    (a), and
    ii)
    Calculations which demonstrate that
    total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from all heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing lines at the
    facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application
    of air pollution control equipment.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON for a heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing facility is the
    sum of maximum theoretical emissions of
    VOM from each heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing line at the
    facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per
    calendar year in the absence of air
    pollution control equipment for each
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing
    line at the facility.
    E
    =
    (A x B)
    +
    (C x D)
    p
    100
    where:
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VON from one heatset—web—offset
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids
    of ink with the highest VON content
    as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal)
    of solids, and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all inks
    that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/year (gal/year).
    The
    instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator accurately
    119—342

    107
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each ink as applied and the
    amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing
    line shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    C
    =
    The weight percent VON of the
    fountain solution with the highest
    VON content.
    D
    =
    The total volume of fountain
    solution that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/year
    (gal/year).
    The
    instrument and/or method by which
    the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each fountain solution used and
    the amount that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    to which subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable
    shall collect and record all of the following
    information each year for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The name and identification of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied on
    each printing line.
    ii)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied
    each year on each printing line.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall notify the Agency of any record showing
    that total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from all printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    in any calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
    119—343

    108
    2)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (2) to subsection
    (b) (1); the owner or
    operator of the subject printing line shall
    perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (1) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    Control device monitoring data.
    ii)
    A log of operating time
    for the control
    device, monitoring equipment and the
    associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    and monitoring equipment detailing all
    routine and nonroutine maintenance
    performed including dates and duration
    of any outages.
    C)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (1) shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    119—344

    109
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (1)
    to
    (b) (2), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (c) (3) (A).
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (3).
    3)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b)(1)
    to (b)(2); the owner or operator of
    the subject printing line shall perform
    all
    tests and submit to the Agency and the USEPA
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    on and after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The VON content of the fountain solution
    used each day on each printing line.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control
    device and the associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates
    and duration of any outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    119—345

    110
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency
    in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall be.reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance
    with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (2)
    to
    (b) (1), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (c) (2) (A).
    Upon changing
    the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b) (2) to
    (b) (1), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (2).
    d)
    Compliance Schedule.
    Every owner or operator of a
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line shall
    comply with the applicable requirements of subsections
    (b) and
    (c)
    in accordance with the applicable
    compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (d) (1),
    (d)(2), or
    (d)(3) below:
    1)
    No owner or operator of
    a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line which is exempt from
    the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with
    Section 218.106, unless the owner or operator has
    complied with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b) (1) and
    (C)
    (1).
    2)
    No owner or operator of
    a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b) (2) and
    (c) (2)
    3)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (2) shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (c) (3)
    119—346

    111
    SUBPART Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Section 218.421
    General Requirements
    The owner or operator of
    a plant which processes more than 3660
    mg/yr
    (4033 tons/year) gaseous and light liquid VON, and whose
    components are used to manufacture the synthetic organic
    chemicals or polymers listed in Appendix A,
    shall comply with
    this Subpart.
    The provisions of this Subpart are applicableto
    components containing 10 percent or more by weight VON as
    determined by ASTN method E-168,
    E-169 and E-260,
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112.
    Those components that are not
    process unit components are exempt from this Subpart.
    A
    component shall be considered to be leaking if the VON is equal
    to, or
    is greater than 10,000 ppmv
    as methane or hexane as
    determined by USEPA Reference Method
    21, as specified at 40 CFR
    60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 218.112,
    indication of liquids dripping, or indication by a sensor that
    a
    seal or barrier fluid system
    has failed.
    The provisions of this
    Subpart are not applicable
    if the equipment components are used
    to produce heavy liquid chemicals only from heavy liquid feed or
    raw materials.
    Section 218.422
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 218.421 shall prepare an
    inspection program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all components and the period in
    which each will be monitored pursuant to Section
    218.423.
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    218.425.
    c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    when complying with Section 218.423, and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service, all leaking components, and components
    exempted under Section 218.423(i)
    such that they are
    obvious and can be located by both plant personnel
    performing monitoring and Agency personnel performing
    inspections.
    section 218.423
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or
    polymer
    119—347

    112
    manufacturing plant subject to this subpart shall,
    for the
    purposes of detecting leaks, conduct a component inspection
    program using the test methods specified in Method 21,
    40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A
    (1986), incorporated by reference in Section 218.112,
    consistent with the following provisions:
    a)
    Test annually those components operated near extreme
    temperature or pressure such that they would be unsafe
    to routinely monitor and those components which would
    require the elevation of monitoring personnel higher
    than two meters above permanent worker access
    structures or surfaces.
    b)
    Test quarterly all other pressure relief valves in gas
    service, pumps
    in light liquid service, valves in light
    liquid service and in gas service, and compressors.
    c)
    If less than or equal to 2 percent of the valves in
    light liquid service and in gas service tested pursuant
    to subsection
    (b) are found not to leak for
    five consecutive quarters, no leak tests shall be
    required for three consecutive quarters.
    Thereafter,
    leak tests shall resume for the next quarter.
    If that
    test shows less than or equal to
    2 percent of the
    valves in light liquid service and in gas service are
    leaking, then no tests are required for the next
    three quarters.
    If more than
    2 percent are leaking,
    then tests are required for the next five quarters.
    d)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    e)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids are
    observed dripping.
    f)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere.
    g)
    Routine instrument monitoring of valves which are not
    externally regulated,
    flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid service,
    is not required.
    However, any valve
    which is not externally regulated,
    flange or piece of
    equipment in heavy liquid service that is found to be
    leaking on the basis
    of. sight,
    smell or sound shall be
    repaired as soon as practicable but no later than
    30 days after the leak is found.
    h)
    Test immediately after repair any component that was
    found leaking.
    i)
    Within one hour of its detection,
    a weatherproof,
    readily visible tag,
    in bright colors such as red or
    yellow, bearing an identification number and the date
    119—348

    113
    on which the leak was detected must be affixed on the
    leaking component and remain
    in place until the leaking
    component is repaired.
    j)
    The following components are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in this Section:
    1)
    Any component that is in vacuum service, and
    2)
    Any pressure relief valve that is connected to an
    operating flare header or vapor recovery device.
    Section 218.424
    Repairing Leaks
    All leaking components must be repaired and retested as soon as
    practicable but no later than 15 days after the leak is found
    unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the process
    unit is shut down.
    Records of repairing and retesting must be
    maintained in accordance with Section 218.425 and 218.426.
    Section 218.425
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical
    or polymer manufacturing plant shall maintain a leaking
    components monitoring log which shall contain, at a
    minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until process unit
    shutdown; and
    9)
    The total number of valves in light liquid service
    and in gas service inspected; the total number and
    the percentage of these valves found leaking
    119—349

    114
    during the monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner or operator for a minimum of two years after the
    date on which the record was made or the report was
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency upon verbal or written request prior to or
    at the time of inspection pursuant to Section 4(d)
    of
    the Environmental Protection Act
    (Act)
    (Ill. Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2,
    pars.
    1001 et seq.)
    at any
    reasonable time.
    Section 218.426
    Report for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 218.421 through 218.430
    shall:
    a)
    Submit quarterly reports to the Agency on or before
    March
    31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of
    each year,
    listing all leaking components identified
    pursuant to Section 218.423 but not repaired within 15
    days,
    all leaking components awaiting process unit
    shutdown, the total number of components inspected,
    the
    type of components inspected, and the total number of
    components found leaking, the total number of valves
    in
    light liquid service and in gas service inspected and
    the number and percentage of valves
    in light liquid
    service and in gas service found leaking.
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Section 218.421 through 218.427.
    Section 218.427
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    The Agency shall approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping,
    or reporting to that prescribed
    in this Subpart
    upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of such plant that
    the alternative program will provide plant personnel and Agency
    personnel with an equivalent ability to identify and repair
    leaking components.
    Any alternative program can be allowed if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.428
    Open-Ended Valves
    a)
    Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap,
    blind flange, plug,
    or a second valve,
    except during
    operations requiring fluid flow through the open-ended
    119—350

    115
    valve.
    b)
    Each open—ended valve equipped with a second valve
    shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on
    the process fluid end is closed before the second valve
    is closed.
    C)
    Components which are open—ended valves and which serve
    as a sampling connection shall be controlled such that:
    1)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    return purged process fluid to the process line
    with no detectable VON emissions to the
    atmosphere,
    or
    2)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    collect and recycle purged process fluid to the
    process line with no detectable VON emissions to
    the atmosphere,
    or
    3)
    Purged process fluid shall be transported to a
    control device that complies with the requirements
    of Section 218.429.
    d)
    In—situ sampling systems are exempt from subsection
    (c).
    Section 218.429
    Standards for Control Devices
    Control devices used to comply with Section 218.428(c)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    a)
    If the control device is a vapor recovery system (for
    example,
    condensers and adsorbers),
    it shall be
    designed and operated to recover the VON emissions
    vented to it with an efficiency of 95 percent or
    greater.
    b)
    If the control device is an enclosed combustion device,
    it shall be designed and operated to reduce the VOM
    emissions vented to it with an efficiency of 95 percent
    or greater,
    or to provide a minimum residence time of
    0.75 seconds at a minimum temperature of 816°C.
    c)
    If the control device is a flare,
    it shall:
    1)
    Be designed for and operated with no visible
    emissions as determined by USEPA Reference Method
    22,
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A (1986), incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112, except for periods
    not to exceed a total
    of
    5 minutes during any
    2
    consecutive hours.
    119—35 1

    116
    2)
    Be operated with a pilot flame present at all
    times and shall be monitored with a thermocouple
    or any other equivalent device to detect the
    presence of the pilot flame.
    3)
    Be steam—assisted, air assisted,
    or nonassisted.
    4)
    Be used only with the net heating value of the gas
    being combusted being 11.2 NJ/scm
    (300 Btu/scf)
    or
    greater if the flare is steam—assisted or
    air-assisted; or with the net heating value of the
    gas being combusted being 7.45 NJ/scm or greater
    if the flare is nonassisted.
    The net heating
    value of the gas being combusted shall be
    calculated using the following equation:
    a
    H
    =
    K
    S
    C.H.
    r
    ii
    Where:
    Hr
    =
    Net heating value of the sample in NJ/scm;
    where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based
    on combustion at
    25oC
    and 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740 x 10~ (1/ppm) (g—mole/scm) (MJ/Kcal)
    where
    standard temperature for (g—mole/scm)
    is 20°C.
    C1
    =
    Concentration of sample component
    i,
    in ppm,
    as measured by USEPA Reference Method 18,
    40
    CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986), and ASTN D
    2504-83, both incorporated by reference in
    Section 218.112.
    H1
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component
    i,
    kcal/g mole.
    The heats of combustion may be
    determined using ASTN D 2382-83, incorporated
    by reference in Section 218.112,
    if published
    values are not available or cannot be
    calculated.
    5)
    Steam—assisted and nonassisted flares shall be
    119—352

    117
    designed and operated with an exit velocity, as
    determined by dividing the volumetric flowrate
    (in
    units of standard temperature and pressure),
    as
    determined by USEPA Reference Method
    2 or
    2A,
    40
    CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986)
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112, as appropriate;
    by
    the unobstructed
    (free) cross sectional area of
    the flare tip, less than 18 m/sec
    (60 ft/sec).
    6)
    Air-assisted flares shall be designed and operated
    with an exit velocity less than the maximum
    permitted velocity, V~, as determined by the
    following equation:
    Va
    =
    8.706
    +
    O•7O84(Hr)~
    Vmax
    =
    Maximum permitted velocity, m/sec.
    8.706
    =
    Constant.
    0.7084
    =
    Constant.
    Hr
    =
    The net heating value as determined in
    subsection
    (c) (4)
    of this section.
    d)
    If the control device is a closed container,
    it shall
    be designed and operated to reduce the VON emissions,
    vented from purged process fluid after transfer,
    to no
    detectable VON emissions as determined by USEPA
    Reference Method 21 as specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix
    A (1986), incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    For purposes of this Section, the phrase “after
    transfer” shall refer to the time at which the entire
    amount of purged process fluid resulting from a
    flushing or cleaning of the sample line enters the
    closed container or containers including the final’
    container(s) prior to disposal.
    e)
    The owner or operator of a control device shall monitor
    the control device to ensure that it is operated and
    maintained in conformance with the manufacturer’s
    specifications, modified to the particular process
    design.
    f)
    The control device shall be operated at all times when
    emissions may be vented to it.
    Section 218.430
    Compliance Date
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    synthetic
    organic
    chemical
    or
    polymer
    manufacturing
    plant
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.430
    through
    215.438
    as
    of
    December
    31,
    1987
    shall
    have
    complied
    with
    the
    standards
    and
    limitations
    of
    those
    Sections
    no
    later
    than
    December
    31,
    1987.
    119— 353

    118
    SUBPART
    R:
    PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT MATERIAL
    Section 218.441
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    a)
    Except as provided in subsection
    (b)
    or
    (c),
    no person
    shall cause or allow the discharge of organic materials
    in excess of 100 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular
    weight 16.0)
    into the atmosphere from:
    1)
    Any catalyst regenerator of a petroleum cracking
    system;
    or
    2)
    Any petroleum fluid coker; or
    3)
    Any other waste gas stream from any petroleum or
    petrochemical manufacturing process.
    b)
    Exception.
    Existing sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3) may, alternatively,
    at their election, comply
    with the organic material emission limitations imposed
    by 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.301 or 215.302;
    provided,
    however,
    that there shall be no increase in emissions
    from such sources above the level of emissions in
    existence on May
    3,
    1979.
    c)
    New Sources.
    Sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3),
    construction of which commenced on or after January
    1,
    1977,
    may, at their election, comply with the following
    emission limitations:
    1)
    A maximum of eight pounds per hour of organic
    material;
    or
    2)
    Emission of organic material in excess of the
    limitation of subsection
    (c) (1)
    is allowable
    if
    such emissions are controlled by air pollution
    control methods or equipment approved by the
    Agency capable of reducing by 85 percent or more
    the uncontrolled organic material that would
    otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere.
    Such
    methods or equipment must be approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.442
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall cause or allow
    the operation of any vacuum producing system unless the
    condensers, hot wells and accumulators of any such system are
    equipped with vapor loss control equipment including,
    but not
    limited to,
    piping, valves,
    flame arrestors and hot wellcovers,
    119—354

    119
    to vent any VOM with a vapor pressure of 10.34 kPa
    (1.5 psia) or
    greater at 294.3oK (70°F) to a heater, fire box, flare, refinery
    fuel gas system, or other equipment or system of equal emission
    control as approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a
    SIP revision.
    This Section shall not apply to vacuum producing
    systems on lube units.
    Section 218.443
    Wastewater (Oil/Water)
    Separator
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall operate any
    wastewater
    (oil/water) separator at a petroleum refinery unless
    the separator is equipped with air pollution control equipment
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the uncontrolled
    organic material emitted to the atmosphere.
    If no odor nuisance
    exists, the limitation of this Section shall not apply if the
    vapor pressure of the organic material
    is below 10.34 kPa
    (1.5
    psia)
    at 204.3oK (70°F) at all times.
    Section 218.444
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    a)
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    cause or allow a refinery process unit turnaround
    except
    in compliance with an operating procedure as
    approved by the Agency.
    b)
    Unless
    a procedure was already on file with the Agency
    as part of an approved operating permit no later than
    November
    1,
    1979,
    the owner or operator of a petroleum
    refinery shall submit to the Agency for approval a
    detailed procedure for reducing emissions of VON during
    refinery process unit turnarounds from organic material
    with a vapor pressure of 10.34 kPa (1.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3oK (70°F). The Agency shall not
    approve the procedure unless it provides
    for:
    1)
    Depressurization of the refinery process unit or
    vessel to a flare, refinery fuel gas system,
    or
    other equipment or system of equal emission
    control,
    as approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision, until the internal
    pressure from the vessel or unit is less than 5.0
    psig before allowing the vessel to be vented to
    the atmosphere;
    2)
    Recordkeeping of the following items:
    A)
    Each date that a refinery unit or vessel
    is
    shut down; and
    B)
    The total estimated quantity of VON emitted
    to the atmosphere and the duration of the
    emission in hours.
    119—355

    120
    Section 218.445
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    1)
    Develop a monitoring program plan consistent with
    the provisions of Section 218.446;
    2)
    Conduct a monitoring program consistent with the
    provisions of Section 218.447;
    3)
    Record all leaking components which have a
    volatile organic material concentration exceeding
    10,000 ppm consistent with the provisions of
    Section 218.448;
    4)
    Identify each component consistent with the
    monitoring program plan submitted pursuant to
    Section 218.446;
    5)
    Repair and retest the leaking components as soon
    as possible within 22 days after the leak
    is
    found, but no later than June
    1 for the purposes
    of Section 218.447(a) (1), unless the leaking
    components cannot be repaired until the unit is
    shut down for turnaround; and
    6)
    Report to the Agency consistent with the
    provisions of Section 218.449.
    Section 218.446
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall prepare a
    monitoring program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all refinery components and
    the
    period in which each will be monitored pursuant to
    Section 218.447;
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    218.448;
    c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    pursuant to Section 218.447; and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service and all leaking components such that they are
    obvious to both refinery personnel performing
    monitoring and Agency personnel performing inspections.
    Section
    218.447
    Monitoring
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    119—356

    121
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject
    to Section 218.445 shall, for the purpose of detecting
    leaks,
    conduct a component monitoring program
    consistent with the following provisions:
    1)
    Test once between March
    1 and June
    1 of each
    year,
    by methods referenced in Section 218.105(g),
    all
    pump seals, pipeline valves in liquid service and
    process drains.
    2)
    Test once each quarter of each calendar year,
    by
    methods referenced in Section 218.105(g),
    all
    pressure relief valves in gaseous service,
    pipeline valves in gaseous service and compressor
    seals.
    3)
    Inaccessible valves may be tested once each
    calendar year instead of once each quarter
    of each
    calendar year.
    4)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    5)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids
    are observed dripping,
    6)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere,
    and
    7)
    Test immediately after repair any component that
    was found leaking.
    b)
    Storage tank valves and pressure relief devices
    connected to an operating flare header or vapor
    recovery device are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in subsection
    (a).
    c)
    The Agency or the USEPA may require more frequent
    monitoring than would otherwise be required by
    subsection
    (a)
    for components which are demonstrated to
    have a history of leaking.
    Section 218.448
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    maintain a leaking components monitoring
    log which
    shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component
    (e.g., valve, seal);
    119—357

    122
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until turnaround; and
    9)
    The total number of components inspected and the
    total number of components found leaking during
    that monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner or operator for a minimum of two years after the
    date on which the record was made or the report
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time.
    Section 218.449
    Reporting for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    a)
    Submit a report to the Agency prior to the 1st day of
    both July and September listing all leaking components
    identified pursuant to Section 218.447 but not repaired
    within 22 days,
    all leaking components awaiting unit
    turnaround,
    the total number of components inspected
    and the total number of components found leaking;
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Sections 218.445 through 218.448.
    Section 218.450
    Alternative Program for Leaks.
    The Agency may approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping or reporting to that prescribed in Sections 218.446
    through 218.449 upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery that the alternative program will provide
    refinery, Agency and USEPA personnel with an equivalent ability
    119—358

    123
    to identify and repair leaking components.
    Any alternative
    program can be allowed only if approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 218.451
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator
    of
    a petroleum refinery shall install or operate a valve at the end
    of a pipe or line containing VOM5 unless the pipe or line is
    sealed with a second valve, blind flange,
    plug, cap or other
    sealing device.
    The sealing device may be removed only when
    a
    sample is being taken or during maintenance operations.
    Section 218.452
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall adhere to the
    increments of progress contained in the following schedule:
    a)
    Have submitted to the USEPA a monitoring program
    consistent with Section 218.446 prior to September
    1,
    1990.
    b)
    Have submitted to the USEPA the first monitoring
    report
    pursuant to Section 218.449 prior to October
    1,
    1990.
    Section 218.453
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215, Subpart R as of December
    31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART
    S:
    RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Section 218.461
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    The owner or operator of an undertread cementing,
    treadend
    cementing or bead dipping operation at a pneumatic rubber tire
    manufacturing facility shall install and operate:
    a)
    A capture system, with minimum capture efficiency of 65
    percent by weight of VON for treadend cementing or bead
    dipping operations and a capture system with a minimum
    capture efficiency of 55.5 percent by weight of VON for
    undertread cementing; and
    b)
    A control device that meets the requirements of one of
    the following:
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system designed and operated
    in a manner such that there is at least a 90
    percent removal of VON by weight from the gases
    ducted to the control device;
    119—359

    124
    2)
    An afterburning system that oxidizes at least 90
    percent of the captured nonmethane VOM5
    (VON
    measured as total combustible carbon)
    to carbon
    dioxide and water; and
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent overall
    reduction efficiency and approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.462
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    green
    tire
    spraying
    operation
    at
    a
    pneumatic
    rubber
    tire
    manufacturing
    facility
    shall:
    a)
    Install
    and
    operate:
    1)
    A
    capture
    system
    with
    a
    minimum
    capture
    efficiency
    of 90 percent by weight of VON; and
    2)
    A control device that meets the requirements of
    one of the following:
    A)
    A
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    designed
    and
    operated in a manner such that there
    is at
    least
    90
    percent
    removal
    of
    VON
    by
    weight
    from the bases ducted to the control device;
    B)
    An
    afterburning
    system
    that
    oxidizes
    at
    least
    90 percent of the captured nonmethane VON
    (measured as total combustible carbon) to
    carbon dioxide and water;
    or
    C)
    An alternative VOM emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent
    overall reduction efficiency and approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    Substitute
    for
    the
    normal
    solvent-based
    mold
    release
    compound water—based sprays containing:
    1)
    No more than five percent by volume of VON as
    applied for the inside of tires;
    2)
    No more than ten percent by volume of VON as
    applied for the outside of tires.
    Section 218.463
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    In lieu of complying with Section 218.461 or 218.462, the owner
    119—360

    125
    or operator of an emission source may utilize an alternative
    volatile organic emission reduction system, including an
    alternative production process, which is demonstrated to be
    equivalent to Section 218.461 or 218.462 on the basis of
    emissions of volatile organic matter.
    A treadend cementing
    operation shall be considered equivalent to Section 218.461 or
    218.462 for the purposes of this Section if the total volatile
    organic emission from such operation is 10 grams or less per
    tire.
    Section 218.464
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon
    a
    reasonable
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator of a VON emission source required to comply
    with a limit of Sections 218.461 through 218.464 shall
    conduct emissions testing,
    at such person’s own
    expense,
    to demonstrate compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emission test to
    demonstrate compliance shall notify the Agency of that
    intent not less than 30 days before the planned
    initiation of the tests so the Agency may observe the
    test.
    Section 218.465
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart
    S, as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.466
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source shall have
    submitted to the Agency a compliance plan, pursuant to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201, Subpart H, including a project
    completion schedule where applicable,
    no later than
    April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201, Subpart H, including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART
    T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL
    MANUFACTURING
    Section 218.480
    Applicability
    a)
    The rules of this Subpart, except for Sections 218.483
    119—361

    126
    through 218.485,
    apply to all emission sources of VON,
    including but not limited to reactors, distillation
    units, dryers,
    storage tanks for VOL, equipment for the
    transfer of VOL1 filters, crystallizers, washers,
    laboratory hoods, pharmaceutical coating operations,
    mixing operations and centrifuges used in
    manufacturing,
    including packaging,
    of pharmaceuticals,
    and emitting more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) and more
    than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year)
    of VON.
    If an
    emission source emits less than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year)
    of VON, the requirements of this Subpart
    still apply to the emission source
    if VON emissions
    from the emission source exceed 45.4 kg/day
    (100 lbs/day).
    b)
    Notwithstanding subsection
    (a), the air suspension
    coater/dryer, fluid bed dryers, tunnel dryers, and
    Accelacotas located in Libertyville Township, Lake
    County, Illinois shall be exempt from the rules of this
    Subpart, except for Sections 218.483 through 218.485,
    if emissions of VON not vented to air pollution control
    equipment do not exceed the following levels:
    1)
    for the air suspension coater/dryer: 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year);
    2)
    for each fluid bed dryer:
    4,535 kg/year
    (5.0 tons/year);
    3)
    for each tunnel dryer:
    6,803 kg/year
    (7.5
    tons/year); and
    4)
    for each Accelacota:
    6,803 kg/year
    (7.5 tons/year).
    c)
    Sections 218.483 through 218.485 apply to a plant
    having one or more emission sources that:
    1)
    Are used to manufacture pharmaceuticals,
    and
    2)
    Emit more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day)
    of VON and
    more than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year)
    of VON,
    or,
    if less than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year),
    these Sections still apply if emissions from one
    or more sources exceed 45.4 kg/day (100 lbs/day).
    d)
    No owner or operator shall violate any condition in a
    permit when the condition results in exclusion of an
    emission source from this Subpart.
    e)
    Any pharmaceutical manufacturing source that becomes
    subject to the provisions of this Subpart at any time
    119—36 2

    127
    shall remain subject to the provisions of this Subpart
    at all times.
    f)
    Emissions subject to this Subpart shall be controlled
    at all times consistent with the requirements set forth
    in this Subpart.
    g)
    Any control device required pursuant to this Subpart
    shall be operated at all times when the source it is
    controlling
    is operated.
    h)
    Determinations of daily and annual emissions for
    purposes of this Section shall be made using both data
    on the hourly emission rate
    (or the emissions per unit
    of throughput)
    and appropriate daily and annual data
    from records of emission source operation
    (or material
    throughput or material consumption data).
    In the
    absence of representative test data pursuant to Section
    218.487
    for the hourly emission rate (or the emissions
    per unit of throughput), such items shall be calculated
    using engineering calculations, including the methods
    described in Appendix B of “Control of Volatile Organic
    Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products”
    (EPA—450/2—78—029),
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    (This
    subsection shall not affect the Agency’s or the USEPA’s
    authority to require emission tests to be performed
    pursuant to Section 218.487.)
    Section 218.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip all reactors,
    distillation units, crystallizers, centrifuges and
    vacuum dryers that are used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals with surface condensers or other air
    pollution control equipment listed in subsection
    (b).
    If a surface condenser is used,
    it shall be operated
    such that the condenser outlet gas temperature does not
    exceed:
    1)
    248.2oK (-13°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 40.0 kPa
    (5.8 psi)
    at
    294.3oK
    (70°F),
    or
    2)
    258.2oK
    (5°F)
    when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 20.0 kPa (2.9 psi) at
    294.3oK
    (70°F),
    or
    3)
    273.2oK
    (32°F)
    when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psi)
    at
    294.3oK
    (70°F),
    or
    119—3 63

    128
    4)
    283.2°K (50°F)
    when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psi) at
    294.3oK
    (70°F), or
    5)
    298.2oK (77°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 3.45 kPa
    (0.5 psi) at
    294.3oK
    (70°F).
    b)
    If
    a scrubber, carbon adsorber, thermal afterburner,
    catalytic afterburner,
    or other air pollution control
    equipment other than a surface condenser is used, such
    equipment shall provide a reduction in the emissions of
    VON of 90 percent or more.
    c)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all centrifuges
    used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and that have an
    exposed VOL surface, where the VON in the VOL has a
    vapor pressure of 3.45 kPa
    (0.5 psi) or more at
    294.3oK
    (70°F),except as production,
    sampling, maintenance,
    or
    inspection procedures require operator access.
    Section 218.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment
    Exhaust Systems and Filters
    a)
    The owner or operator of an air dryer or production
    equipment exhaust system used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON from
    such emission sources by air pollution control
    equipment which reduces by 90 percent or more the VON
    that would otherwise be emitted into the atmosphere.
    b)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all rotary vacuum
    filters and other filters used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals and that have an exposed VOL surface,
    where the VON in the VOL has a vapor pressure of 3.45
    kPa
    (0.5 psi)
    or more at 294°K
    (7OoF),
    except as
    production,
    sampling, maintenance, or inspection
    procedures require operator access.
    Section 218.483
    Material Storage and Transfer
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall:
    a)
    Provide a vapor balance system that is at least
    90
    percent effective in reducing VON emissions from
    truck or railcar deliveries to storage tan~cswith
    capacities equal to or greater than 7.57 m
    (2,000 gal)
    that store VOL with vapor pressures greater than
    28.0 kPa
    (4.1 psi)
    at 294.3°K(70°F),and
    119—364

    129
    b)
    Install,
    operate, and maintain pressure/vacuum
    conservation vents set at 0.2 kPa
    (0.03 psi)
    or greater
    on all storage tanks that store VOL with vapor
    pressures
    greater
    than
    10
    kPa
    (1.5
    psi)
    at 294.3°K
    (70°F)
    Section 218.484
    In-Process Tanks
    The owner or operator shall install covers on all in-process
    tanks used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and containing a VOL at
    any time.
    These covers must remain closed, except as production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator
    access.
    Section 218.485
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall repair any component from which a leak of VOL can be
    observed.
    The repair shall be completed as soon as practicable
    but no later than 15 days after the leak is found.
    If the
    leaking component cannot be repaired until the process unit is
    shut down,
    the leaking component must then be repaired before the
    unit is restarted.
    Section 218.486
    Other Emission Sources
    The
    owner or operator of a washer, laboratory hood,
    tablet
    coating operation,
    mixing operation or any other process emission
    source not subject to Sections 218.481 through 218.485, and used
    to manufacture pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON
    from such emission sources by:
    a)
    Air pollution control equipment which reduces by
    81 percent or more the VON that would otherwise be
    emitted to the atmosphere,
    or
    b)
    A surface condenser which captures all the VON which
    would otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere and which
    meets the requirements of Section 218.481(a)
    and
    (b).
    Section 218.487
    Testing
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency or the USEPA, the owner or
    operator of any VON emission source subject to this
    Subpart or exempt from this Subpart by virtue of the
    provisions of Section 218.480 shall,
    at his own
    expense, demonstrate compliance to the Agency and the
    USEPA by the methods or procedures listed in Section
    218.105(f) (1).
    b)
    A
    person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    119—365

    130
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency and the USEPA of that intent not less than
    30 calendar days before the planned initiation of the
    test.
    Section 218.488
    Monitoring for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    At a minimum, continuous monitors for the following
    parameters shall be installed on air pollution control
    equipment used to control sources subject to this
    Subpart:
    1)
    Destruction device combustion temperature.
    2)
    Temperature rise across a catalytic afterburner
    bed.
    3)
    VON concentration on a carbon adsorption unit to
    determine breakthrough.
    4)
    Outlet gas temperature of a refrigerated
    condenser.
    5)
    Temperature of a non—refrigerated condenser
    coolant supply system.
    b)
    Each monitor shall be equipped with a recording device.
    c)
    Each monitor shall be calibrated quarterly.
    d)
    Each monitor shall operate at all times while the
    associated control equipment is operating.
    Section 218.489
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing
    facility shall maintain the following records:
    1)
    Parameters listed in Section 218.488(a) (1)
    shall
    be recorded.
    2)
    For sources subject to Section 218.481, the vapor
    pressure of VON being controlled shall be recorded
    for every process.
    b)
    For any leak subject to Section 218.485 which cannot be
    readily repaired within one hour after detection, the
    following records shall be kept:
    1)
    The name of the leaking equipment,
    119—36 6

    131
    2)
    The date and time the leak is detected,
    3)
    The action taken to repair the leak,
    and
    4)
    The data and time the leak is repaired.
    c)
    The following records shall be kept for emission
    sources subject to Section 218.484 which contain VOL:
    1)
    For maintenance and inspection:
    A)
    The date and time each cover is opened,
    B)
    The length of time the cover remains open,
    and
    C)
    The reason why the cover
    is opened.
    2)
    For production and sampling, detailed written
    procedures or manufacturing directions specifying
    the circumstances under which covers may be opened
    and the procedures for opening covers.
    d)
    For each emission source used in the manufacture of
    pharmaceuticals for which the owner or operator
    of a
    pharmaceutical manufacturing plant claims emission
    standards are not applicable,
    because the emissions are
    below the applicability cutoffs in Section 218.480(a)
    or 218.480(b), the owner or operator shall:
    1)
    Maintain a demonstration including detailed
    engineering calculations of the maximum daily and
    annual emissions for each such emission source
    showing that the emissions are below the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 218.480(a)
    or
    218.480(b),
    as appropriate,
    for the current and
    prior calendar years;
    2)
    Maintain appropriate operating records for each
    such emission source to identify whether the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 218.480(a)
    or
    218.480(b),
    as appropriate,
    are ever exceeded; and
    3)
    Provide written notification to the Agency and the
    USEPA
    within 30 days of a determination that such
    an emission source has exceeded the applicability
    cutoffs in Section 218.480(a)
    or 218.480(b),
    as
    appropriate.
    e)
    Records required under subsection
    (a)
    shall be
    maintained by the owner or operator for a minimum of
    119—36 7

    132
    two years after the date on which they are made.
    f)
    Copies of the records shall be made available to the
    Agency or the USEPA upon verbal or written request.
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Section 218.521
    Definitions
    In
    addition
    to
    the
    definitions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    211,
    the
    following
    definitions
    apply
    to
    this
    Subpart:
    “Air
    Oxidation
    Process”:
    any
    unit
    process
    including
    aminoxidation and oxychlorination which uses air or a
    combination of air and oxygen as an oxidant in
    combination
    with
    one
    or
    more
    organic
    reactants
    to
    produce
    one
    or
    more
    organic
    compounds.
    “Cost
    Effectiveness”:
    the
    annual
    expense
    for
    cost
    of
    control of a given process stream divided by the
    reduction in emissions of organic material of that
    stream.
    “Flow
    (F)”:
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm)
    at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    “Full
    Operating Flowrate”:
    Maximum operating capacity
    of the facility.
    “Hourly Emissions
    (E)”:
    Hourly emissions reported in
    kg/hr
    measured
    at
    full
    operating
    flowrate.
    “Net Heating Value
    (H)”:
    Vent stream net heating valuE
    (NJ/scm), where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas
    is
    based on combustion at 25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C,as in the definitior
    of
    “Flow.”
    “Process Vent Stream”:
    An emission stream resulting
    from an air oxidation process.
    “Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE)”:
    Cost
    effectiveness in dollars per megagram of controlling
    any gaseous stream vented to the atmosphere from an
    au
    oxidation process divided by $1600/Mg, using the
    criteria and methods set forth in this Subpart and
    Appendices C and D.
    Section 218.525
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation
    Processes
    119—368

    133
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of VON from
    any process vent stream unless the process vent stream
    is vented to a combustion device which is designed and
    operated either:
    1)
    To reduce the volatile organic emissions vented
    to
    it with an efficiency of at least ninety eight
    percent
    (98)
    by weight; or
    2)
    To emit VON at a concentration less than twenty
    parts
    per
    million
    by
    volume,
    dry
    basis.
    b)
    Air oxidation facilities for which an existing
    combustion device is employed to control process VON
    emissions are not required to meet the 98 percent
    emissions limit until the combustion device is replaced
    for other reasons, which shall be considered to
    include,
    but not be limited to, normal maintenance,
    malfunction, accident, and obsolescence.
    The
    combustion device is considered to be replaced when:
    1)
    All
    of the device
    is replaced; or
    2)
    When the cost of the repair of the device or the
    cost of replacement of part of the device exceeds
    50
    of the cost of replacing the entire device
    with a device which complies.
    c)
    The limitations of subsection
    (a) do not apply to any
    process vent stream or combination of process vent
    streams which has a Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE)
    greater than 1.0,
    as determined by the following
    methods:
    1)
    If
    an air oxidation process has more than one
    process vent stream, TRE shall be based upon a
    combination of the process vent streams.
    2)
    TRE of a process vent stream shall be determined
    according to the following equation:
    TRE
    =
    E1
    a
    + bF~
    +
    cF
    +
    dFH
    +
    e(FH)~
    +
    fF05
    where:
    n
    =
    0.88
    TRE
    =
    Total
    resource
    effectiveness
    index.
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm),
    at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    119—369

    134
    E
    =
    Hourly measured emissions in kg/hr.
    H
    =
    Net heating value of vent stream
    (NJ/scm), where the net enthalpy per
    mole of offgas
    is based on combustion at
    25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the standard
    temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 2OoC,
    as
    in
    the definition of “Flow”.
    a, b,c,d,
    e and f
    =
    Coefficients obtained by use of Appendix
    F.
    3)
    For nonchlorinated process vent streams,
    if the
    net heating value, H,
    is greater than 3.6 NJ/scm,
    F shall be replaced by F’ for purposes of
    calculating TRE.
    F1 is computed as follows:
    F1
    =
    FH
    /
    3.6
    where F and H are as defined in subsection
    (c) (2).
    4)
    The actual numerical values used in the equation
    described in subsection
    (c) (2)
    shall be determined
    as follows:
    A)
    All reference methods and procedures for
    determining the flow,
    (F), hourly emissions,
    (E), and net heating,
    (H), value shall be in
    accordance with Appendix C.
    B)
    All coefficients described in subsection
    (C)
    (2)
    shall be in accordance with Appendix
    D.
    Section 218.526
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of an air oxidation process shall demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart by use of the methods
    specified in Appendix C.
    This Section does not limit
    the USEPA’s authority, under the Clean Air Act, to
    require demonstrations of compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so that the Agency
    may observe the test.
    119—370

    135
    Section
    218.527
    Compliance Date
    Each
    owner
    or operator of an emission source subject to’35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code
    215, Subpart V,
    as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the standards and limitations of 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    215, Subpart V, by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section 218.541
    Pesticide Exception
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302
    shall not apply to
    the spraying or use of insecticides, herbicides or other
    pesticides.
    SUBPART
    X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    218.561
    Architectural Coatings
    No
    person shall cause or allow the sale or use of any
    architectural coating containing more than 20 percent by volume
    of
    photo-chemically reactive material in containers having a
    capacity of more than one gallon.
    Section 218.562
    Paving Operations
    The provisions of Sections 218.301 and 218.302 shall not apply to
    the application of paving asphalt and pavement marking paint from
    sunrise to sunset.
    Section 218.563
    Cutback Asphalt
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the use or application
    of cutback asphalt for paving, resurfacing,
    reconditioning, repairing or otherwise maintaining a
    roadway unless:
    1)
    The use or application of the cutback asphalt
    commences on or after October
    1 of any year and
    such use or application is completed by April
    30
    of the following year;
    or
    2)
    The cutback asphalt is a long—life stockpile
    material which remains in stock after April 30 of
    each year and as such it may be used until
    depleted for patching potholes and for other
    similar repair work; or
    3)
    The cutback asphalt is to be used solely as an
    asphalt prime coat.
    119—37 1

    136
    b)
    Sources subject to this Section are not required to
    submit or obtain an Agency approved compliance plan or
    project completion schedule under 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H.
    SUBPART
    Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 218.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to Subsection
    (e), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a delivery vessel into a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline
    plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage
    tank are each equipped with a vapor collection
    system that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4),
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is operating,
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Sections
    218.584
    (b)
    or
    (d),
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s) on the stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel are set to
    release at no less than 0.7 psi or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the guidelines of the National Fire Prevention
    Association, and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped with a
    submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a stationary storage tank
    located at a bulk gasoline plant into a delivery vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a) (4)
    are met, and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the
    delivery vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped
    for bottom loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each owner of
    a stationary
    storage tank located at a bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with a vapor
    119—37 2

    137
    control system that meets the requirements of
    subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b), whichever is applicable,
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline plant describing necessary maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system,
    and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each operator of
    a bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance
    with
    the
    owner’s
    instructions,
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance
    or
    malfunction
    requiring
    replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system, and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order,
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline
    loading
    equipment
    in
    a
    manner
    that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 45.7 cm
    (18
    in.)
    of water and vacuum from exceeding 15.2
    cm
    (6
    in.) of water,
    as measured as close as
    possible to the vapor hose connection, and
    B)
    A
    reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks
    from
    Gasoline
    Tank
    Trucks
    and
    Vapor
    Collection
    Systems”,
    Appendix
    B,
    EPA
    450/2—78—051,
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.112),
    and
    C)
    Avoidable
    leaks
    of
    liquid
    during
    loading
    or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the bulk
    plant
    vapor
    collection
    system
    in
    order
    to
    allow
    the determination of compliance with subsection
    (d) (4) (A), and
    119—373

    138
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of any
    leak by the owner, the operator, the Agency or the
    USEPA,
    repair and retest
    a vapor collection system
    which exceeds the limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c) and
    (d)
    shall
    not apply to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a capacity of
    less than 2,177
    1
    (575 gal),
    or
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose daily gasoline
    throughput is less than 15,140
    1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a thirty-day rolling average.
    f)
    The
    requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall apply only to
    bulk
    gasoline plants whose daily gasoline throughput
    is
    greater than or equal to 15,140
    1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a
    thirty-day rolling average.
    g)
    Any bulk gasoline plant which is ever subject to
    subsections
    (a),
    (b),
    (c), or
    (d)
    shall always be
    subject to these paragraphs.
    Section 218.582
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the transfer of gasolinE
    into any delivery vessel from any bulk gasoline
    terminal unless:
    1)
    The bulk
    gasoline
    terminal
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    vapor control system that limits emission of VON
    to 80 mg/1 (0.00067 lbs/gal)
    of gasoline loaded;
    2)
    The vapor control system is operating and all
    vapors displaced in the loading of gasoline to thE
    delivery vessel are vented only to the vapor
    control system;
    3)
    There is no liquid drainage from the loading
    device when it is not in use;
    4)
    All
    loading and vapor return lines are equipped
    with
    fittings
    which
    are
    vapor
    tight;
    and
    5)
    The
    delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Section
    218.584(b)
    or
    (d); or,
    if the terminal is
    driver—loaded, the terminal owner or operator
    shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
    119—3 74

    139
    Section when terminal access authorization is
    limited to those owners and/or operators of
    delivery vessels who have provided a current
    certification as required by Section
    218.584(c) (3).
    b)
    Bulk
    gasoline terminals were required to take certain
    actions to achieve compliance which are summarized in
    35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215, Appendix C.
    c)
    The operator of a bulk gasoline terminal shall:
    1)
    Operate the
    terminal
    vapor
    collection
    system
    and
    gasoline
    loading
    equipment
    in
    a
    manner
    that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding
    18 inches of
    water and vacuum from exceeding 6 inches of
    water as measured as close as possible to the
    vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower, explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2—78-051 Appendix B incorporated by
    reference in Section 218.112; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    2)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the
    terminal vapor collection system in order to allow
    the determination of compliance with Section
    218.582(d) (1) (A); and
    3)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner,
    operator,
    or the Agency repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (c) (1) (A)
    or
    (B).
    Section 218.583
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), no person shall cause or
    allow the transfer of gasoline from any delivery vessel
    into any stationary storage tank at a gasoline
    dispensing facility unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a submerged loading
    pipe; and
    2)
    The vapors displaced from the storage tank during
    119—375

    140
    filling are processed by a vapor control system
    that includes one or more of the following:
    A)
    A vapor collection system that meets the
    requirements of subsection
    (d) (4);
    or
    B)
    A refrigeration—condensation system or any
    other
    system
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision,
    that
    recovers at least 90 percent by weight of all
    vaporized organic material from the equipment
    being
    controlled;
    and
    C)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of
    Section 218.584(b)
    or
    (d).
    b)
    The requirements of subsection
    (a) (2)
    shall not apply
    to transfers of gasoline to a stationary storage tank
    at a gasoline dispensing facility if:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with a floating roof,
    or
    other system of equal or better emission control
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as a SIP revision;
    2)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 2000 gallons
    and was in place and operating before January
    1,
    1979;
    or
    3)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 575 gallons.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each owner of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Install all control systems and make all process
    modifications required by subsection
    (a);
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the
    gasoline dispensing facility describing necessary
    maintenance operations and procedures for prompt
    notification
    of
    the
    owner
    in
    case
    of
    any
    malfunction of a vapor control system; and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each operator of
    a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    119—376

    141
    2)
    Promptly
    notify
    the
    owner
    of
    any
    scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system;
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the vapor collection system and delivery
    vessel unloading points in a manner that prevents:
    A)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78—051 Appendix B, and
    B)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during the filling
    of storage tanks; and
    5)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency,
    repair
    and retest a vapor collection system which exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A).
    e)
    Gasoline dispensing facilities were required to take
    certain actions to achieve compliance which are
    summarized in 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 215, Appendix C.
    Section 218.584
    Gasoline Delivery Vessels
    a)
    Any delivery vessel equipped for vapor control by use
    of vapor collection equipment:
    1)
    Shall have a vapor space connection that is
    equipped with fittings which are vapor tight;
    2)
    Shall have its hatches closed at all times during
    loading or unloading operations, unless a top
    loading vapor recovery system is used;
    3)
    Shall not internally exceed a gauge pressure of 18
    inches of water or a vacuum of
    6 inches of water;
    4)
    Shall be designed and maintained to be vapor tight
    at all times during normal operations;
    5)
    Shall not be refilled in Illinois at other than:
    A)
    A bulk gasoline terminal that complies with
    the requirements of Section 218.582 or
    119—377

    142
    B)
    A bulk gasoline plant that complies with the
    requirements of Section 218.581(b).
    6)
    Shall be tested annually in accordance with Method
    27,
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    218.105.
    Each
    vessel
    must
    be
    repaired and retested within
    15 business days
    after
    discovery
    of
    the
    leak
    by
    the
    owner,
    operator,
    or the Agency, when it fails to sustain:
    A)
    A
    pressure
    drop
    of
    no
    more
    than
    three
    inches
    of water in five minutes; and
    B)
    A
    vacuum
    drop
    of
    no
    more
    than
    three
    inches
    of
    water
    in
    five
    minutes.
    b)
    Any
    delivery
    vessel
    meeting
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a)
    shall
    have
    a
    sticker
    affixed
    to
    the
    tank
    adjacent to the tank manufacturer’s data plate
    which
    contains the tester’s name, the tank identification
    number and the date of the test.
    The sticker shall be
    in a form prescribed by the Agency,
    and,
    for those
    delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215 as of
    December 31,
    1987 shall have been displayed no later
    than December 31,
    1987.
    c)
    The owner or operator of a delivery vessel shall:
    1)
    Maintain copies of any test required under
    subsection
    (a) (6)
    for a period of
    3 years;
    2)
    Provide copies of these tests to the Agency upon
    request; and
    3)
    Provide annual test result certification to bulk
    gasoline plants and terminals where the delivery
    vessel is loaded.
    d)
    Any delivery vessel which has undergone and passed a
    test in another state which has a USEPA-approved leak
    testing and certification program will satisfy the
    requirements of subsection
    (a).
    Delivery vessels must
    display a sticker, decal or stencil approved by the
    state where tested or comply with the requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    All such stickers, decals or stencils
    shall have been displayed no later than December 31,
    1987,
    for delivery vessels subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code
    215 as of December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.585
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    119—3 78

    143
    a)
    No person shall sell,
    offer for sale, dispense,
    supply,
    offer for supply, or transport for use in Illinois
    gasoline whose Reid vapor pressure exceeds the
    applicable limitations set forth in subsections
    (b)
    and
    (c) during the regulatory control periods, which shall
    be July
    1 to August 31 for retail outlets, wholesale
    purchaser—consumer facilities,
    and all other
    facilities.
    b)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline,
    a measure of its
    volatility,
    shall not exceed 9.5 psi (65.5 kPa) during
    the regulatory control period in 1990 and each year
    thereafter.
    C)
    The Reid vapor pressure of ethanol blend gasolines
    shall not exceed the limitations for gasoline set forth
    in subsection
    (b) by more than 1.0 psi
    (6.9 kPa).
    Notwithstanding this limitation, blenders of ethanol
    blend gasolines whose Reid vapor pressure
    is less than
    1.0 psi above the base stock gasoline immediately after
    blending with ethanol are prohibited from adding butane
    or any product that will increase the Reid vapor
    pressure of the blended gasoline.
    d)
    All sampling of gasoline required pursuant to the
    provisions of this Section shall be cOnducted by
    •one or
    more of the following approved methods or procedures
    which are incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    1)
    For manual sampling, ASTM D4057;
    2)
    For automatic sampling, ASTN D4l77;
    3)
    Sampling procedures for Fuel Volatility,
    40 CFR 80
    Appendix D.
    e)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline shall be measured
    in accordance with either test method ASTN D323
    or a
    modification of ASTN D323 known as the “dry method” as
    set forth in 40 CFR 80, Appendix E, incorporated by
    reference in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.105.
    For gasoline
    -
    oxygenate blends which contain water—extractable
    oxygenates,
    the Reid vapor pressure shall be measured
    using the dry method test.
    f)
    The ethanol content of ethanol blend gasolines shall be
    determined by use of one of the approved testing
    methodologies specified in 40 CFR 80, Appendix
    F,
    incorporated by reference in 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code 215.105.
    g)
    Any alternate to the sampling or testing methods or
    procedures contained in subsections
    (d),
    (e), and
    (f)
    119—379

    144
    must be approved by the Agency, which shall consider
    data comparing the performance of the proposed
    alternative to the performance of one or more approved
    test methods or procedures.
    Such data shall accompany
    any request for Agency approval of any alternate test
    procedure.
    If the Agency determines that such data
    demonstrates that the proposed alternative will achieve
    results equivalent to the approved test methods or
    procedures,
    the Agency shall approve the proposed
    alternative.
    h)
    Each refiner or supplier that distributes gasoline or
    ethanol blends shall:
    1)
    During the regulatory control period, state that
    the Reid vapor pressure of all gasoline or ethanol
    blends leaving the refinery or distribution
    facility for use in Illinois complies with the
    Reid vapor pressure limitations set forth in
    35
    Ill. Adm.
    Code 215.585(b)
    and
    (c).
    Any facility
    receiving this gasoline shall be provided with
    a
    copy of an invoice, bill of lading,
    or other
    documentation used in normal business practice
    stating that the Reid vapor pressure of the
    gasoline complies with the State Reid vapor
    pressure standard.
    2)
    Maintain records for a period of one year on the
    Reid vapor pressure, quantity shipped and date of
    delivery of any gasoline or ethanol blends leaving
    the refinery or distribution facility for use
    in
    Illinois.
    The Agency shall be provided with
    copies of such records
    if requested.
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY CLEANERS
    Section 218.601
    Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaners
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning facility which uses
    perchloroethylene shall:
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly
    designed and functioning carbon adsorption system or
    equally effective control device; and
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VOM from the dryer
    control device before dilution, or achieve a 90 percent
    average reduction before dilution; and
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking
    liquid VON; and
    119—380

    145
    d)
    Cook or treat all diatomaceous earth filters so that
    the residue contains 25 kg
    (55 lb)
    or less of VOM per
    100 kg
    (220 lb)
    of wet waste material; and
    e)
    Reduce the VON from all solvent stills to 60 kg (132
    1b)
    or
    less
    per
    100
    kg
    (220
    lb)
    of
    wet
    waste
    material;
    and
    f)
    Drain all filtration cartridges in the filter housing
    or
    other
    sealed
    container
    for
    at
    least
    24
    hours
    before
    discarding
    the
    cartridges;
    and
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment
    connected to an emission reduction system or in a
    manner that will eliminate emission of VON to the
    atmosphere.
    Section 218.602
    Exemptions
    The provisions of Section 218.601 are not applicable to
    perchloroethylene dry cleaning operations which are coin-operated
    or to dry cleaning facilities consuming less than 30 gal per
    month
    (360 gal per year)
    of perchloroethylene.
    Section 218.603
    Leaks
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section
    218.601(c)
    by a visual inspection of the following: hose
    connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door gaskets
    and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps;
    base tanks
    and storage containers; water separators;
    filter sludge recovery;
    distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
    Section 218.604
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source previously subject
    to 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 215, Subpart
    Z,
    shall have complied with its
    standards and limitations in accordance with the applicable dates
    set forth
    in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.604.
    Section 218.605
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    this Subpart shall have submitted to the Agency a
    compliance plan, pursuant to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 201,
    Subpart H, including
    a project completion schedule
    where applicable, no later than,
    for Section 218.601 (a)
    and
    (b), April
    21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of
    a
    119—38 1

    146
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The
    plan
    and
    schedule
    shall
    meet
    the
    requirements
    of
    35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201,
    Subpart H,
    including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    Section 218.606
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    coin-operated dry cleaning operations and dry cleaning facilities
    consuming less than 30 gal per month (360 gal per year)
    of
    perchloroethylene are not required to submit or obtain an Agency
    approved compliance plan or project completion schedule.
    Section 218.607
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning dryer shall either:
    1)
    Limit emissions of VON to the atmosphere to an
    average
    of
    3.5
    kilograms
    of
    VON
    per
    100
    kilograms
    dry weight of articles dry cleaned,
    or
    2)
    Install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a
    manner such that the dryer remains closed and the
    recovery phase
    continues until a final solvent
    flow rate of 50 milliliters per minute is
    attained.
    b)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent filtration
    system shall either:
    1)
    Reduce the VOM content in all filtration wastes to
    1.0 kilogram or less per 100 kilograms dry weight
    of articles dry cleaned, before disposal, and
    exposure to the atmosphere,
    or
    2)
    Install and operate a cartridge filtration system,
    and drain the filter cartridges in their sealed
    housings for 8 hours or more before their removal.
    Section 218.608
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    In order to minimize fugitive solvent emissions,
    the owner or
    operator of a petroleum solvent dry cleaning facility shall
    employ good housekeeping practices including the following:
    a)
    General Housekeeping Requirements
    I)
    Equipment containing solvent
    (washers, dryers,
    extractors and filters)
    shall remain closed at all
    119—382

    147
    times except during load transfer and maintenance.
    Lint filter and button trap covers shall remain
    closed except when solvent—laden material
    is being
    removed.
    2)
    Cans,
    buckets,
    barrels
    and
    other
    containers
    of
    solvent or of solvent—laden material shall be
    covered except when in use.
    3)
    Solvent-laden material shall be exposed to the
    atmosphere
    only
    for
    the
    minimum
    time
    necessary
    for
    load transfer.
    b)
    Installation and operation of equipment:
    1)
    All cartridge filters shall be enclosed and
    operated in accordance with the procedures and
    specifications recommended by the manufacturer for
    the cartridge filter.
    After installation, the
    cartridges shall be inspected, monitored and
    maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
    recommendations;
    and
    2)
    Vents on containers for new solvent and for
    solvent—containing waste shall be constructed and
    maintained so as to minimize solvent vapor
    emissions.
    Criteria for the minimization of
    solvent vapor emissions include the elimination of
    solvent buckets and barrels standing open to the
    atmosphere,
    and the repair of gaskets and seals
    that expose solvent—rich environments to the
    atmosphere,
    to be determined through visual
    inspection.
    Section 218.609
    Program for Inspection and Repair of
    Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of
    a petroleum solvent dry
    cleaning facility shall conduct the following visual
    inspections on a weekly basis:
    1)
    Washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks,
    vacuum stills and containers and conveyors of
    petroleum solvent shall be inspected for visible
    leaks of solvent liquid.
    2)
    Pipes,
    hoses and fittings shall be inspected for
    active dripping or dampness.
    3)
    Pumps and filters shall be inspected for leaks
    around seals and access covers.
    119—383

    148
    4)
    Gaskets and seals shall be inspected for wear and
    defects.
    b)
    Leaks of petroleum solvent liquid and vapors shall be
    repaired within three working days of detection, unless
    necessary
    replacement
    parts
    are
    not
    on
    site.
    1)
    If necessary, repair parts shall be ordered within
    three working days of detection of the leak.
    2)
    The leak shall be repaired within three days of
    delivery of necessary parts.
    Section 218.610
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Compliance with Sections 218.607(b) (2), 215.608 and
    215.609 shall be determined by visual inspection; and
    b)
    Compliance with Sections 218.607(a) (2) and
    (b) (1)
    shall
    be determined by methods described in EPA-450/3-82-009
    (1982)
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    c)
    If a control device
    is used to comply with Section
    218.607(a) (1), then compliance shall be determined
    using 40 CFR 60 Appendix A, Method 25
    (1984)
    incorporated by reference in Section 218.112.
    Section 218.611
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    The provisions of Sections 218.607 through 218.610 shall not
    apply to petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities whose
    emissions of VON do not exceed 91 megagrams (100 tons)
    per year
    in the absence of pollution control equipment or whose emissions
    of VON,
    as limited by the operating permit, will not exceed 91
    megagrams
    (100 tons)
    per year in the absence of pollution control
    equipment.
    Section 218.612
    Compliance Dates
    Owners and operators of emission sources subject to
    35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 215.607 through 215.609 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the requirements set forth therein no later than
    December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.613
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source subject to
    35
    Ill. Adm. Code 215.610(a)
    as of May 31,
    1987 shall
    have submitted to the Agency a compliance plan,
    including a project completion schedule where
    applicable, no later than May 31,
    1987.
    119—384

    149
    b)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of
    35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201.
    SUBPART AA:
    PAINT
    AND
    INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Section 218.620
    Applicability
    a)
    This subpart shall apply to all paint and ink
    manufacturing plants which:
    1)
    Include process emission sources not subject to
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F (excluding Section 218.204(1)), H
    excluding Section 218.405),
    Q, R,
    5,
    V1
    X,
    Y or
    Z
    of this Part; and which as a group both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used, and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of VON emissions per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    through production or capacity limitations
    contained in a federally enforceable
    construction permit or a SIP revision,
    or
    2)
    Produce more than 7,570,820
    1
    (2,000,000 gal) per
    calendar year of paint or ink formulations, which
    contain less than 10 percent (by weight)
    water,
    and ink formulations not containing as the primary
    solvents water, Nagie oil or glycol.
    b)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.621
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and
    Heatset-Offset Ink
    The requirements of Sections 218.624 and 218.625 and Section
    218.628(a)
    shall not apply to equipment while it
    is being used to
    produce either:
    a)
    paint or ink formulations which contain 10 percent or
    more (by weight) water,
    or
    b)
    inks containing Magie oil and glycol as the primary
    solvent.
    Section 218.623
    Permit Conditions
    119—385

    150
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.624
    Open-top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    No person shall operate an open—top mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    with a volume of more than 45
    1
    (12 gal) for the production of
    paint or ink unless:
    a)
    The mill,
    tank, vat or vessel is equipped with a cover
    which completely covers the mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    opening except for an opening no larger than necessary
    to allow for safe clearance for a mixer shaft.
    Such
    cover shall extend at least 1.27 cm
    (0.5 in) beyond the
    outer rim of the opening or be attached to the rim.
    b)
    The cover remains closed except when production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require
    access.
    c)
    The cover
    is maintained in good condition such that,
    when in place,
    it maintains contact with the rim of
    the
    opening for at least 90 percent of the circumference
    of
    the rim.
    Section 218.625
    Grinding Mills
    a)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill for the
    production of paint or ink which is not maintained in
    accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
    b)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill fabricated or
    modified after the effective date of this Subpart
    which
    is not equipped with fully enclosed screens.
    c)
    The manufacturer’s specifications shall be kept on
    file
    at the plant by the owner or operator of the grinding
    mill and be made available to any person upon verbal or
    written request during business hours.
    Section 218.626
    Storage Tanks
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOL
    with a vapor pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.5 psi)
    at
    20°C (68°F)with pressure/vacuum conservation vents set
    as a minimum at +/—0.2 kPa
    (0.029 psi).
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative air
    pollution control system may be used if it results in a
    greater emission reduction than these controls.
    Any
    alternative control system can be allowed only
    if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a
    119—386

    151
    SIP revision.
    b)
    Stationary VOL storage containers with a capacity
    greater than 946
    1
    (250 gal)
    shall be equipped with a
    submerged-fill pipe or bottom fill.
    These controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative control
    system can be allowed only if approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.628
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a paint or
    ink
    manufacturing plant
    shall,
    for the purpose of detecting leaks,
    conduct an equipment
    monitoring program as set forth below:
    a)
    Each pump shall be checked by visual inspection each
    calendar week for indications of leaks, that is,
    liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    If there are
    indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, the
    pump shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no
    later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected.
    b)
    Any pump,
    valve, pressure relief valve, sampling
    connection,
    open—ended valve and flange or connector
    containing a fluid which is at least
    10 percent VON by
    weight which appears to be leaking on the basis of
    sight,
    smell
    or
    sound
    shall
    be
    repaired
    as
    soon
    as
    practicable, but no later than 15 ‘calendar days after
    the leak is detected.
    c)
    A
    weather
    proof,
    readily
    visible
    tag,
    in
    bright
    colors
    such as red or yellow, bearing an identification number
    and the date on which the leak was detected shall be
    attached to leaking equipment.
    The tag may be removed
    upon repair, that is, when the equipment is adjusted or
    otherwise altered to allow operation without leaking.
    d)
    When a leak
    is detected, the owner or operator shall
    record the date of detection and repair and the record
    shall be retained at the plant for at least two years
    from the date of each detection or each repair attempt.
    The record shall be made available to any person upon
    verbal or written request during business hours.
    Section 218.630
    Clean Up
    a)
    No person shall clean paint or ink manufacturing
    equipment with organic solvent unless the equipment
    being cleaned is completely covered or enclosed except
    for an opening no larger than necessary to allow safe
    clearance for proper operation of the cleaning
    equipment,
    considering the method and materials being
    119—387

    152
    used.
    b)
    No person shall store organic wash solvent in other
    than closed containers,
    unless closed containers are
    demonstrated to be a safety hazard, or dispose of
    organic
    wash
    solvent
    in
    a
    manner
    such
    that
    more
    than
    20
    percent by weight is allowed to evaporate into the
    atmosphere.
    Section 218.636
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218. 106.
    Section 218.637
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of an
    emission source which claims to be exempt from the
    requirements of this Subpart shall submit records to
    the Agency within 30 calendar days from the date of
    the
    request which document that the emission source
    is in
    fact exempt from this Subpart.
    These records shall
    include
    (but are not limited to) the percent water
    (by
    weight)
    in the paint or ink being produced and the
    quantity of Magie oil, glycol and other solvents in the
    ink being produced.
    b)
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall
    maintain all records necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with those requirements at the facility for
    three years.
    SUBPART SB:
    POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Section 218.875
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    The provisions of this Subpart shall apply to polystyrene plants:
    a)
    Which use continuous processes to manufacture
    polystyrene
    -
    polybutadiene co-polymer; and
    b)
    Which fall within Standard Industrial Classification
    Group No.
    282, Industry No.
    2821, except that the
    manufacture of polystyrene resins need not be the
    primary manufacturing process at the plant.
    Section 218.877
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    No person shall cause or allow the emissions of VON from the
    119—388

    153
    material recovery section to exceed 0.12 kg of Volatile Organic
    Material per 1000 kg of polystyrene resin produced.
    Section 218.879
    Compliance Date
    Every owner and operator of an emission source subject to 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart BB,
    as of December 31,
    1987,
    shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 218.881
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source formerly
    subject to the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 215
    Subpart BB shall have submitted to the Agency
    a
    compliance plan in accordance with 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code
    201, Subpart H,
    including a project completion schedule
    on or before December
    1,
    1987.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to this Subpart may
    operate the emission source according to the plan and
    schedule as submitted.
    C)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code 201, Subpart H and Section 218.883.
    Section 218.883
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    For sources subject to this Subpart, an approvable compliance
    plan shall include:
    a)
    A description of each process which is subject to an
    emissions limitation;
    b)
    Quantification of the emissions from each process;
    c)
    A description of the procedures and methods used to
    determine the emissions of VON;
    d)
    A description of the methods which will be used to
    demonstrate compliance with the allowable plantwide
    emission limitation (Section 215.877),
    including a
    method of inventory, recordkeeping and emission
    calculation or measurement.
    Section 218.886
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon a reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of a polystyrene plant subject to this Subpart
    shall at his own expense demonstrate compliance by use
    of the following method:
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method
    119—389

    154
    25
    Determination
    of
    Total
    Gaseous
    Non—Methane
    Organic
    Emissions as Carbon
    (1984), incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    218.112.
    b)
    A
    person
    planning
    to
    conduct
    a
    VON
    emissions
    test
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so the Agency may
    observe the test.
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 218.920
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z
    if the plant is subject
    to this Subpart.
    A plant
    is subject to this Subpart if
    it contains process emission sources, not regulated
    by
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F
    (excluding Section 218.204(a)),
    H
    (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z of
    this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment,
    through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous fabricated products
    manufacturing process emission source which was ever
    subject to the control requirements of Section 218.926.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VOM to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 218.926 does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if
    it is
    119—390

    155
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source
    is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level
    or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VOM
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.923
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.926
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c):
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted’ average VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VON/l (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating as applied
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON)
    during any day.
    Owners and
    operators complying with this Section are not required
    to comply with Section 218.301, or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP revision.
    Section 218.927
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106.
    Section 218.928
    Testing
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall demonstrate compliance with Section 218.926
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    SUBPART QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    FORMULATION
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    119—39 1

    156
    Section 218.940
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process
    emission sources, which are not included within any of
    the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z of this Part if the plant is
    subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this
    Subpart if it contains process emission sources, not
    regulated by Subparts
    B,
    E, F (excluding Section
    218.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding
    Section
    218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are
    not
    limited
    to
    less
    than
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    of
    VOM emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment,
    through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    or FIP revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous formulation manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 218.946.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg (2.5 tons)
    per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with this Section does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons)
    per
    calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if
    it is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.943
    Permit Conditions
    No
    person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results
    in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    119—392

    157
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.946
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b)
    below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.947
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106.
    Section 218.948
    Testing
    Any
    owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject
    to this Subpart shall demonstrate compliance with Section 218.946
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    SUBPART RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section 218.960
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission sources which are not included within
    any of the source categories specified in Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    I or
    Z of this Part,
    if the
    plant is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject
    to this Subpart if it contains process emission
    sources, not regulated by Subparts B,
    E,
    F
    (excluding
    Section 218.204(1)), H (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or
    z
    of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons) or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    119—393

    158
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of Subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 218.966.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg
    (1.0 ton) per calendar year
    if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 218.966 does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it
    is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart
    if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source
    is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 218.963
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results
    in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.966
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VOM emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.967
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements of this Subpart on and after a date consistent
    with
    119—394

    159
    Section 218.106.
    Section 218.968
    Testing
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall demonstrate compliance with Section 218.966
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    SUBPART TT:
    OTHER EMISSION SOURCES
    Section 218.980
    Applicability
    a)
    The requirements of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s VON emission sources, which are not included
    within any of the source categories specified in
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y,
    Z, AA,
    PP, QQ,
    or
    R.R of this Part,
    if the plant is subject to this
    Subpart.
    A plant is subject to this Subpart
    if it
    contains process emission sources, not regulated by
    Subparts B,
    E,
    F (excluding Section 218.204(7)), H
    (excluding Section 218.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z of
    this Part, which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in
    a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to an emission source which was ever subject to
    the control requirements of Section 218.986.
    C)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg
    (2.5 tons) per calendar year if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 218.986 does not exceed 4.5 Mg
    (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart
    if
    it
    is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if
    its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    119—395

    160
    if the source
    is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    The control requirements in Subparts QQ,
    BR,
    SS and
    TT
    shall not apply to sewage treatment plants, vegetable
    oil processing plants, coke ovens
    (including by-product
    recovery plants),
    fuel combustion sources,
    bakeries,
    barge loading facilities,
    jet engine test cells,
    pharmaceutical manufacturing, production of polystyrene
    foam insulation board (including storage and extrusion
    of scrap where blowing agent is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), production of
    polystyrene foam packaging (not including storage and
    extrusion of scrap where blowing agent
    is added to the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), and iron and steel
    production.
    Section 218.983
    Permit Conditions
    No
    person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition results
    in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 218.986
    Control Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control equipment which achieve an
    overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of at
    least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VOM
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VON/i
    (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied during any day.
    Owners and operators
    complying with this Section are not required to comply
    with Section 218.301,
    or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 218.987
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emissions source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section 218.106.
    Section 218.988
    Testing
    Any owner or operator of a VOM emission source which is subject
    119—39 6

    161
    to this Subpart shall demonstrate compliance with Section 218.986
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 218.105.
    SUBPART UU:
    RECORDKEEPING AND REPORTING FOR NON-CTG SOURCES
    Section 218.990
    Exempt Emission Sources
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of an emission
    source which is exempt from the requirements of Subparts PP,
    QQ,
    RR, TT or Section2l8.208(b)
    shall submit records to the Agency
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the request that
    document that the emission source is exempt from those
    requirements.
    Section 218.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    a)
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which
    is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP, QQ, RB or
    TT
    and complying by the use of emission capture and
    control equipment shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start—up of a new emission source, the
    owner or operator of the subject VON emission
    source shall perform all tests and submit to the
    Agency the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject emission
    source will be in compliance on and after a date
    consistent with Section 218.106,
    or on and after
    the initial start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a subject
    VON
    emission source shall collect and record all
    of
    the following information each day and maintain
    the information at the facility for a period of
    three years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated emission source.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    119—397

    162
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject VON
    emission source shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing a violation of the
    requirements of Subpart PP, QQ, RB or TT
    shall be reported by sending a copy of such
    record to the Agency within 30 days following
    the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of capture systems and control
    devices to the use of complying coatings, the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (b) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of capture
    systems and control devices to the use of
    complying coatings, the owner or operator
    shall comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (b).
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP or TT and
    complying by means of the daily-weighted average VON
    content limitation shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 218.106,
    or upon
    initial start-up of a coating line subject to
    Subpart PP or TT, the owner or operator of the
    subject coating line shall certify to the Agency
    that the coating line will be in compliance on and
    after a date consistent with Section 218.106, or
    on and after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    the daily-weighted average VON content
    limitation.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    119—3 98

    163
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    218.106,
    or on and after the initial start—up
    date, the owner or operator of a subject coating
    line shall collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VOM per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VOM content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 218.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    218.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of the
    requirements of Subpart PP or TT shall be
    reported by sending a copy of such record to
    the Agency and the USEPA within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Subpart PP or TT
    from the use of complying coatings to the use
    capture systems and control devices, the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (a) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of complying
    119—39
    9

    164
    coatings to the use capture systems and
    control devices, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (a).
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which
    is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP,
    QQ, RB or TT
    and complying by means of an alternative control plan
    which has been approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision shall comply with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified in
    the alternative control plan.
    119—4 00

    165
    APPENDIX A
    LIST
    OF
    CHEMICALS
    DEFINING
    SYNTHETIC
    ORGANIC CHEMICAL AND POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    CAS
    No.
    a
    Chemical
    105—57—7
    Acetal
    75-07-0
    Acetaldehyde
    107-89-1
    Acetaldol
    60-35-5
    Acetamide
    103-84-4
    Acetanilide
    64-19-7
    Acetic
    acid
    108-24-7
    Acetic anhydride
    67-64-1
    Acetone
    75-86-5
    Acetone cyanohydrin
    75-05-8
    Acetonitrile
    98-86-2
    Acetophenone
    75-36-5
    Acetyl chloride
    74-86-2
    Acetylene
    107—02—8
    Acrolein
    79-06-1
    Acrylamide
    79-10-7
    Acrylic
    acid
    &
    esters
    107-13-1
    Acrylonitrile
    124—04-9
    Adipic
    acid
    111-69-3
    Adiponitrile
    (b)
    Alkyl
    naphthalenes
    107—18—6
    Allyl
    alcohol
    107-05-1
    Allyl
    chloride
    1321-11-5
    Aminobenzoic
    acid
    111-41-1
    Aminoethylethanolamine
    123-30-8
    p—aminophenol
    628-63-7,
    Amyl
    acetates
    123—92—2
    7l~4l~Oc
    Amyl
    alcohols
    110—58—7
    Amyl
    amine
    543-59-9
    Amyl
    chloride
    llO~68~7c
    Amyl
    mercaptans
    1322-06—1
    Amyl
    phenol
    62—53—3
    Aniline
    142-04-1
    Aniline
    hydrochloride
    29191—52—4
    Anisidine
    100—66—3
    Anisole
    118-92-3
    Anthranilic
    acid
    84-65-1
    Anthraquinone
    100-52-7
    Benzaldehyde
    55-21-0
    Benzamide
    71-43-2
    Benzene
    98-48-6
    Benzenedisulfonic
    acid
    98-11-3
    Benzenesulfonic
    acid
    11 Q_L.fll

    166
    134—81—6
    Benzil
    76-93-7
    Benzilic acid
    65-85—0
    Benzoic acid
    119—53—9
    Benzoin
    100-47-0
    Benzonitrile
    119-61-9
    Benzophenone
    98-07-7
    Benzotrichloride
    98-88-4
    Benzoyl
    chloride
    100-51—6
    Benzyl
    alcohol
    100-46-9
    Benzyiamine
    120-51-4
    Benzyl benzoate
    100-44-7
    Benzyl chloride
    98-87-3
    Benzyl
    dichloride
    92—52—4
    Biphenyl
    80-05-7
    Bisphenol
    A
    10-86-1
    Bromobenzene
    27497-51-4
    Bromonaphthalene
    106-99-0
    Butadiene
    106—98—9
    l—butene
    123-86-4
    n-butyl acetate
    141-32-2
    n-butyl acrylate
    71-36-3
    n-butyl alcohol
    78-92-2
    s-butyl
    alcohol
    75-65-0
    t-butyl
    alcohol
    109-73-9
    n-butylamine
    13952-84-6
    s-butylamine
    75-64-9
    t-butylamine
    98-73-7
    p-tert-butyl
    benzoic
    acid
    107-88-0
    1,3-butylene glycol
    123-72-8
    n-butyraldehyde
    107-92-6
    Butyric acid
    106-31-0
    Butyric anhydride
    109-74-0
    Butyronitrile
    105-60-2
    Caprolactam
    75-1-50
    Carbon
    disulfide
    558-13-4
    Carbon
    tetrabromide
    55-23-5
    Carbon
    tetrachloride
    9004-35-7
    Cellulose acetate
    79-11-8
    Chloroacetic
    acid
    108-42-9
    m—chloroaniline
    95-51-2
    o-chloroaniline
    106-47-8
    p-chloroaniline
    35913-09-8
    Chlorobenzaldehyde.
    108-90-7
    Chlorobenzene
    118-91-2,
    Chlorobenzoic
    acid
    535—80—8,
    74—l1—3c
    2136-81-4,
    Chlorobenzotrichloride
    2136—89—2
    5216—25—1
    1321-03-5
    Chlorobenzoyl chloride
    119—402

    167
    75-45-6
    Chlorodifluoroethane
    25497-29—4
    Chlorodifluoromethane
    67-66-3
    Chloroform
    25586-43—0
    Chloronaphthalene
    88—73—3
    o—chloronitrobenzene
    100-00-5
    p-chloronitrobenzene
    25167-80—0
    Chlorophenols
    126-99-8
    Chloroprene
    7790—94-5
    Chlorosulfonic acid
    108-41-8
    m—chlorotoluene
    95-49-8
    o-chlorotoluene
    106-43-4
    p-chlorotoluene
    75-72-9
    Chlorotrifluoromethane
    108—39-4
    m—cresol
    95—48—7
    o—cresol
    106-44—5
    p—cresol
    1319-77-3
    Mixed cresols
    1319-77—3
    Cresylic acid
    4170-30-0
    Crotonaldehyde
    3724-65-0
    Crontonic acid
    98-82-8
    Cumene
    80-15-9
    Cumene hydroperoxide
    372-09-8
    Cyanoacetic acid
    506-77-4
    Cyanogen chloride
    108-80-5
    Cyanuric acid
    108-77-0
    Cyanuric chloride
    110-82-7
    Cyclohexane
    108-93-0
    Cyclohexanol
    108-94-1
    Cyclohexanone
    110-83-8
    Cyclohexene
    108-91-8
    Cyclohexylamine
    111-78-4
    Cyclooctadiene
    112-30—1
    Decanol
    123-42-2
    Diacetone alcohol
    27576-04-1
    Diaminobenzoic acid
    95-76-1,
    Dichloroaniline
    95—82—9,
    554—00—7,
    608—27—5,
    608—31—1,
    626—43—7,
    27l34—27—6~
    573 11—92—9
    541-73-1
    m-dichlorobenzene
    95-50-1
    o-dichlorobenzene
    106-46-7
    p—dichlorobenzene
    75-71-8
    Dichlorodifluoromethane
    111-44-4
    Dichloroethyl
    ether
    107-06-2
    l,2-dichloroethane
    (EDC)
    96-23-1
    Dichlorohydrin
    26952-23-8
    Dichloropropene
    119—403

    168
    101-83-7
    Dicyclohexylamine
    109-89-7
    Diethylamine
    111-46-6
    Diethylene glycol
    112-36-7
    Diethylene glycol diethyl ether
    111-96-6
    Diethylene
    glycol
    dimethyl
    ether
    112-34-5
    Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    124-17-7
    Diethylene glycol mononbutyl ether
    acetate
    111-90-0
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    112-15-2
    Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
    111-77-3
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether
    64-67-5
    Diethyl sulfate
    75-37-6
    Difluoroethane
    25167-70-8
    Diisobutylene
    26761-40-0
    Diisodecyl phthalate
    27554-26-3
    Diisooctyl phthalate
    674-82-8
    Diketene
    124-40-3
    Dimethylamine
    121-69-7
    N,N-dimethylaniline
    115-10-6
    N,N-dimethyl ether
    68-12-2
    N,N-dimethylformamide
    57-14-7
    Dimethylhydrazine
    77-78-1
    Dimethyl sulfate
    75-18-3
    Dimethyl sulfide
    67-68-5
    Dimethyl sulfoxide
    120-61-6
    Dimethyl terephthalate
    99-34-3
    3,5-dinitrobenzoic acid
    51-28-5
    Dinitrophenol
    Dinitrotoluene
    123-91-1
    Dioxane
    646-06-0
    Dioxilane
    122-39-4
    Diphenylamine
    101-84-4
    Diphenyl oxide
    102-08-9
    Diphenyl thiourea
    25265-71-8
    Dipropylene glycol
    25378-22-7
    Dodecene
    28675-17-4
    Dodecylaniline
    27193-86-8
    Dodecylphenol
    106-89-8
    Epichlorohydrin
    64-17-5
    Ethanol
    Ethanolamines
    141-78-6
    Ethyl acetate
    141-97-9
    Ethyl acetoacetate
    140-88-5
    Ethyl acrylate
    75-04-7
    Ethylamine
    100-41-4
    Ethylbenzene
    74-96-4
    Ethyl bromide
    9004-57-3
    Ethylcellulose
    75-00-3
    Ethyl chloride
    105-39-5
    Ethyl chloroacetate
    105-56-6
    Ethylcyanoacetate
    119—404

    169
    74-85-1
    Ethylene
    96-49—1
    Ethylene carbonate
    107-07-3
    Ethylene chlorohydrin
    107-15-3
    Ethylenediamine
    106-93-4
    Ethylene dibromide
    107-21—1
    Ethylene glycol
    111-55-7
    Ethylene glycol diacetate
    110-71-4
    Ethylene glycol dimethyl ether
    111-76-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    112-07-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate
    110-80-5
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    111-15-9
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate
    109-86-4
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    110-49-6
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
    122-99-6
    Ethylene glycol monophenyl ether
    2807-30-9
    Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether
    75-21—8
    Ethylene oxide
    60-29-7
    Ethyl ether
    104-76-7
    2-ethylhexanol
    122-51-0
    Ethyl orthoformate
    95-92-1
    Ethyl oxalate
    41892-71-1
    Ethyl sodium oxaloacetate
    50-00-0
    Formaldehyde
    75-12-7
    Formamide
    64-18-6
    Formic acid
    110-17-8
    Fumaric acid
    98-01-1
    Furfural
    56-81—5
    Glycerol
    (Synthetic)
    26545-73-7
    Glycerol dichlorohydrin
    25791-96-2
    Glycerol triether
    56—40—6
    Glycine
    107—22—2
    Glyoxal
    118-74-1
    Hexachlorobenzene
    67-72-1
    Hexachloroethane
    36653-82-4
    Hexadecyl alcohol
    124-09-4
    Hexamethylenediamine
    629-11-8
    Hexamethylene glycol
    100-97-0
    Hexamethylenetetramine
    74-90-8
    Hydrogen cyanide
    123-31-9
    Hydroquinone
    99-96-7
    p-hydroxybenzoic acid
    26760-64—5
    Isoamylene
    78-83-1
    Isobutanol
    110-19-0
    Isobutyl acetate
    115-11-7
    Isobutylene
    78-84-2
    Isobutyraldehyde
    79-31-2
    Isobutyric acid
    25339-17-7
    Isodecanol
    26952-21-6
    Isooctyl alcohol
    78-78-4
    Isopentane
    78-59-1
    Isophorone
    121-91-5
    Isophthalic acid
    119—405

    170
    78-79-5
    Isoprene
    67-63-0
    Isopropanol
    108-21-4
    Isopropyl acetate
    75-31-0
    Isopropylamine
    75-29-6
    Isopropyl chloride
    25168-06-3
    Isopropylphenol
    463-51-4
    Ketene
    (b)
    Linear alkyl sulfonate*
    123-01-3
    Linear alkylbenzene
    110-16-7
    Maleic acid
    108-31-6
    Maleic anhydride
    6915—15—7
    Malic acid
    141-79-7
    Mesityl oxide
    121-47-1
    Metanilic acid
    79-41-4
    Methacrylic acid
    563-47-3
    Methallyl chloride
    67-56-1
    Methanol
    79-20-9
    Methyl acetate
    105-45-3
    Methyl
    acetoacetate
    74-89-5
    Methylamine
    100-61-8
    n-methylaniline
    74-83-9
    Methyl
    bromide
    37365-71-2
    Methyl
    butynol
    74-87-3
    Methyl
    chloride
    108-87-2
    Methyl
    cyclohexane
    1331-22-2
    Methyl
    cyclohexanone
    75-09-2
    Methylene chloride
    101-77-9
    Methylene dianiline
    101-68-8
    Methylene
    diphenyl
    diisocyanate
    78-93-3
    Methyl
    ethyl
    ketone
    107-31-3
    Methyl
    formate
    108-11-2
    Methyl
    isobutyl
    carbinol
    108-10-1
    Methyl
    isobutyl
    ketone
    80-62-6
    Methyl
    methacrylate
    77-75-8
    Methylpentynol
    98-83-9
    B-methylstyrene
    110-91-8
    Morpholine
    85-47-2
    a-naphthalene
    sulfonic
    acid
    120-18-3
    B-naphthalene
    sulfonic
    acid
    90-15-3
    a—naphthol
    135-19-3
    B—naphthol
    75-98-9
    Neopentanoic
    acid
    88-74—4
    o-nitroaniline
    100-01-6
    p—nitroaniline
    91-23—6
    o—nitroanisole
    100-17-4
    p—nitroanisole
    98-95-3
    Nitrobenzene
    Nitrobenzoic acid
    (0,
    m
    &
    p)
    79-24-3
    Nitroethane
    75-52-5
    Nitromethane
    88-75-5
    Nitrophenol
    119—406

    171
    25322-01—4
    Nitropropane
    1321-12—6
    Nitrotoluene
    27215958
    Nonene
    25154—52—3
    Nonylphenol
    27193-28—8
    Octyiphenol
    123—63-7
    Paraldehyde
    115-77-5
    Pentaerythritol
    109—66-0
    n-pentane
    109-67-1
    1-pentene
    127-18-4
    Perchloroethylene
    594-42-3
    Perchloromethyl mercaptan
    94-70-2
    o-phenetidine
    156-43-4
    p-phenetidine
    108—95—2
    Phenol
    98-67-9,
    Phenolsulfonic acids
    585—38—6,
    609—46—1
    133_39_76
    91-40-7
    Phenyl anthranilic acid
    (b)
    Phenylenediamine
    75-44-5
    Phosgene
    85-44-9
    Phthalic anhydride
    85—41-6
    Phthalimide
    108—99—6
    b—picoline
    110—85—0
    Piperazine
    9003-29-6,
    Polybutenes
    25322-68-3
    Polyethylene
    glycol
    25322-69-4
    Polypropylene
    glycol
    123-38-6
    Propionaldehyde
    79-09-4
    Propionic acid
    71-23-8
    n-propyl
    alcohol
    107-10-8
    Propylamine
    540-54-5
    Propyl chloride
    115-07-1
    Propylene
    127-00-4
    Propylene
    chlorohydrin
    78-87-5
    Propylene dichloride
    57-55-6
    Propylene glycol
    75-56-9
    Propylene
    oxide
    110—86—1
    Pyridine
    106-51-4
    Quinone
    108—46—3
    Resorcinol
    27138-57-4
    Resorcylic acid
    69—72—7
    Salicylic acid
    127-09-3
    Sodium acetate
    532-32-1
    Sodium benzoate
    9004-32-4
    Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
    3926-62-3
    Sodium chloroacetate
    141-53-7
    Sodium formate
    139-02-6
    Sodium phenate
    110-44-1
    Sorbic acid
    119—40 7

    172
    100-42-5
    Styrene
    110-15-6
    Succinic acid
    110—61—2
    Succinitrile
    121—57—3
    Sulfanilic acid
    126—33—0
    Sulfolane
    1401—55-4
    Tannic acid
    100-21-0
    Terephthalic acid
    Tetrachloroethanes
    117-08-8
    Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride
    78-00-2
    Tetraethyllead
    119-64-2
    Tetrahydronaphthalene
    85-43-8
    Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride
    75-74-1
    Tetramethyllead
    110-60-1
    Tetramethylenediamine
    110-18-9
    Tetramethylethylenediamine
    108-88-3
    Toluene
    95-80-7
    Toluene-2
    ,
    4—diamine
    584-84-9
    Toluene—2, 4-diisocyanate
    26471-62-5
    Toluene diisocyanates
    (mixture)
    1333-07-9
    Toluene sulfonamide
    lO4~lS~4c
    Toluenesulfonic acids
    98-59-9
    Toluene sulfonyl chloride
    26915—12—8
    Toluidines
    87-61-6,
    Trichlorobenzenes
    108—70—3,
    l20—82—lc
    71-55-6
    1,1,l-trichloroethane
    79-00-5
    1,1,2-trichloroethane
    79-01-6
    Trichloroethylene
    75-69-4
    Trichlorofluoromethane
    96-18-4
    1,2,3—trichloropropane
    76—13-1
    1,l,2—trichloro—l,2,2—trifluoroethane
    121-44-8
    Triethylamine
    112-27-6
    Triethylene glycol
    112-49-2
    Triethylene glycoldimethyl ether
    7756-94-7
    Triisobutylene
    75-50-3
    Trimethylamine
    57-13-6
    Urea
    108-05-4
    Vinyl acetate
    75-01-4
    Vinyl chloride
    75-35-4
    Vinylidene chloride
    25013-15-4
    Vinyl toluene
    1330-20-7
    Xylenes
    (mixed)
    95-47-6
    o—xylene
    106-42-3
    p-xylene
    1300—71—6
    Xylenol
    1300—73—8
    Xylidine
    (b)
    methyl tert-butyl ether
    9002-88-4
    Polyethylene
    (b)
    Polypropylene
    9009-53-6
    Polystyrene
    119—408

    173
    a) CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Registery numbers
    assigned to specific chemicals, isomers or mixtures of
    chemicals.
    Some isomers or mixtures that are covered by the
    standards do not have CAS numbers assigned to them.
    The
    standards apply to all of the chemicals listed, whether CAS
    numbers have been assigned or not.
    b) No CAS number(s) have been assigned to this chemical, to its
    isomers,
    or mixtures containing these chemicals.
    c) CAS numbers for some of the isomers are listed:
    the standards
    apply to all of the isomers and mixtures, even if CAS numbers
    have not been assigned.
    119—409

    174
    APPENDIX B
    VON MEASUREMENT
    TECHNIQUES FOR CAPTURE EFFICIENCY
    Procedure G.1
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable
    £or determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    content of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining
    VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and printing
    operations.
    The procedure may not be acceptable in certain
    site-specific situations,
    e.g., when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or
    other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control
    device inlet; and
    (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in
    the process and are present in the captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of
    the
    products of the VOC content (C~~),the flow rate
    (Q~), and the sample time
    (Ta)
    from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    Q0~
    =
    5.5 percent and
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable
    uncertainty for G
    is estimated at about ±7~4
    percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names
    or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations
    (percent, ppm)
    are by
    volume,
    unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system
    is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel,
    or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    119—410

    175
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three—way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist
    in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations,
    the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    119—4
    11

    176
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid—,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45—55,
    and 70-80 percent of the span
    value
    in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in—stack or an out—of—stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    119—4 12

    177
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility.
    Using Method
    1, determine the sampling
    points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable,
    while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple captured emission locations, design a sampling system to
    allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at
    all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Install the sample probe so that the probe
    is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at
    the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.4
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach
    zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.5
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance,
    the run
    is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.6
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120 ±5°C.
    11 9—L~i~

    178
    4.2.7
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes)
    and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at
    4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    ifpossible.
    If there are more than
    6 NDO’S,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures
    in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    NOTE:
    This sample train shall be a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured
    emissions.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time,
    conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.7.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    119—4 14

    179
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained
    in Section 5.1
    is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift checks at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within 5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before and after each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    C51
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    =
    corrected average voc concentration of captured
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    C5
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    119—4 15

    180
    C~
    =
    uncorrected
    average
    background
    VOC
    concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    =
    uncorrected
    average
    VOC
    concentration
    measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x
    io6
    kg/(m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    Te
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    j=1
    (CGj
    -
    C3)
    ~
    Tc K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    C0~
    =
    (C~
    CDO)
    C5
    Eq.
    2
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C51
    =
    (C1
    CDO)
    C5_
    Eq.
    3
    CDH
    CDO
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    U
    S
    C.A.
    —1
    1.
    CB=
    Eq.
    4
    nAN
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms
    “A,” and
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    119—4 16

    181
    Procedure G.2
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions
    (Dilution Technique)
    1. INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    content
    of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of a gas/gas protocol in which fugitive emissions are
    measured for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface
    coating and printing operations.
    A dilution system is used to
    reduce the VOC concentration of the captured emission to about
    the same concentration as the fugitive emissions.
    The procedure
    may not be acceptable in certain site-specific situations,
    e.g.,
    when:
    (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the
    quantity of VOC at the control device inlet; and
    (2) particulate
    organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the
    captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (CGj)~the flow rate
    and the sampling time
    (Ta) from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    Q~
    =
    ±55 percent and CGj
    =
    ±5
    percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G
    is estimated at about ±74 percent.
    1.4
    Sampling
    Requirements.
    A
    capture
    efficiency
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    at
    least
    three
    sampling
    runs.
    The
    sampling
    time
    for
    each
    run
    should
    be
    at
    least
    8
    hours,
    unless
    otherwise
    approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because
    this
    procedure
    is
    often
    applied
    in
    highly
    explosive
    areas,
    caution
    and
    care
    should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent,
    ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Dilution System.
    A Kipp in-stack dilution probe and
    controller or similar device may be used.
    The dilution rate may
    be changed by substituting different critical orifices or
    119—417

    182
    adjustments of the aspirator supply pressure.
    The dilution
    system shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    Note:
    An
    out-of-stack dilution device may be used.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines,
    and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3•Qpercent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    119—418

    183
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    Gases
    used
    for
    calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally,
    the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply.
    High purity air
    with less than
    1 ppm of organic material
    (as propane or carbon
    equivalent)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever
    is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid-, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45—55, and 70—80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.9.4
    Dilution Check Gas.
    Gas mixture standard containing
    propane in air, approximately half the span value after dilution.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An
    out-of—stack filter must be heated to prevent any condensation
    unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
    119—419

    184
    2.2
    Captured Emiásions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility. Using Method 1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION
    OF
    VOC
    CONTENT
    OF
    CAPTURED
    EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable,
    while the process is operating.
    If there are a
    multiple captured emissions locations, design a sampling system
    to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses
    at all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor
    according to the procedure in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.4.
    4.2.4
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack,
    pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.5
    Inject
    zero
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly.
    Measure
    the
    system
    response
    time
    as
    the
    time
    required
    for
    the
    system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration
    valve has been returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.6
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures
    in Sections
    119—4 20

    185
    5.2 and 5.4.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.7
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter,
    and pump
    temperatures are 120 ±
    SoC.
    4.2.8
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at
    4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    if possible.
    If there are more than
    6 NDO’s,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures
    in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.4.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time,
    conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4
    to
    4.2.8.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    119—42 1

    186
    measurement system after the dilution system and adjust the back-
    pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow
    rates specified by the manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the
    high—range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer calibration
    to provide the proper responses.
    Inject the low- and mid-range
    gases and record the responses of the measurement system.
    The
    calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable if the
    responses for all four gases are within
    5 percent of the
    respective gas values.
    If the performance of the system is not
    acceptable,
    repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check.
    Conduct a calibration and linearity check after
    assembling the analysis system and after a major change is made
    to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the diluted captured
    emissions for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1
    is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    Determination of Dilution Factor.
    Inject the dilution check
    gas into the measurement system before the dilution system and
    record the response.
    Calculate the dilution factor using
    Equation
    3.
    5.4
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at
    the
    inlet to the sampling probe while the dilution air is turned off.
    Record the response.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within
    5 percent of the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
    5.5
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within
    10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A~
    =
    area of NDO i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’S
    in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    CA
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    119—422

    187
    C31
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    CDB
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    C5
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured
    at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    CM
    =
    measured concentration of the dilution check gas,
    ppm
    propane.
    DF
    =
    dilution factor.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830
    x
    io_6
    kg/(m3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    in3/niin.
    T0
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    ~
    C0~
    ~G
    T0 K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    C0~
    =
    DF (C~
    -
    C~0)
    C5
    Eq.
    2
    CDH
    CDO
    119—423

    188
    7.3
    Dilution Factor.
    =
    —CA—
    Eq.
    3
    CM
    7.4
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    CBI
    =
    (C1
    CDO)
    C5
    Eq.
    4
    CDH
    -
    CDO
    7.5
    Average Background Concentration.
    U
    SC
    A.
    BJ
    3.
    C3
    =
    -
    Eq.
    5
    nAN
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms “A1” and “AN”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    Procedure F.2
    -
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Building Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    emissions from a
    building enclosure (BE).
    It is intended to be used as a segment
    in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The total amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (FB)
    from the BE is calculated as the sum of the products of the
    VOC
    content
    (CF.)
    of each fugitive emissions point,
    its flow rate
    and ~ime
    (TF).
    1.3
    Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement uncertainties are
    estimated for each fugitive emissions point as follows:
    =
    ±5.0percent and CFj
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on these numbers,
    the
    probable uncertainty for FB is estimated at about ±11.2percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours,
    unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    119—424

    189
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent,
    ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel,
    or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three—way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas streamshall be constructed of stainless
    steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations,
    the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    119—425

    190
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life
    for
    each
    calibration
    gas
    cylinder
    over
    which
    the
    concentration
    does
    not
    change
    more
    than
    ±2percent
    from
    the
    certified
    value.
    For
    calibration
    gas
    values
    not
    generally
    available,
    alternative
    methods
    for
    preparing
    calibration
    gas
    mixtures,
    such
    as
    dilution
    systems,
    may
    be
    used
    with
    prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A
    40
    percent
    H2/60
    percent
    He
    or
    40
    percent
    H2/60
    percent
    N2
    gas
    mixture
    is
    recommended
    to
    avoid
    an
    oxygen
    synergism
    effect
    that
    reportedly
    occurs
    when
    oxygen
    concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than 0.1
    percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid-,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45—55, and 70—80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    119— 42 6

    191
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Flow Direction Indicators.
    Any means of indicating inward
    or outward flow,
    such as light plastic film or paper streamers,
    smoke tubes,
    filaments,
    and sensory perception.
    2.2.2
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric
    flow
    rate.
    Anemometers or similar devices calibrated according to the
    manufacturer’s instructions may be used when low velocities are
    present.
    Vane anemometers
    (Young—maximum response propeller),
    specialized pitots with electronic manometers
    (e.g., Shortridge
    Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860) are commercially
    available with measurement thresholds of
    15 and 8 mpm
    (50 and
    25 fpm), respectively.
    2.2.3
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.4
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Preliminary Determinations.
    The purpose of this exercise
    is
    to determine which exhaust points should be measured for
    volumetric flow rates and VOC concentrations.
    3.1.1
    Forced Draft Openings.
    Identify all forced draft
    openings.
    Determine the volumetric flow rate according to Method
    2.
    3.1.2
    NDO’s Exhaust Points.
    The NDO’s in the roof of
    a facility
    are considered to be exhaust points.
    Determine volumetric flow
    rate from these NDO’s.
    Divide the cross—sectional area according
    to Method
    1 using
    12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate velocity
    measurement devices,
    e.g., propeller anemometers.
    3.1.3
    Other NDO’s.
    3.1.3.1
    This step is optional.
    Determine the exhaust flow rate,
    including that of the control device, from the enclosure and the
    intake air flow rate.
    If the exhaust flow rate divided by the
    intake air flow rate is greater than 1.1, then all other IWO’s
    are not considered to be significant exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2
    If the option above is not taken, identify all other
    NDO’s and other potential points through which fugitive emissions
    may escape the enclosure.
    119—42 7

    192
    Then use the following criteria to determine whether flow rates
    and VOC concentrations need to be measured:
    3.1.3.2.1
    Using the appropriate flow direction indicator,
    determine the flow direction.
    An NDO with zero or inward flow is
    not an exhaust point.
    3.1.3.2.2
    Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the
    remainder of the NDO’s.
    If the collective flow rate is
    2
    percent, or less, of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2,
    then these NDO’s, except those within two equivalent diameters
    (based on NDO opening)
    from VOC sources, may be considered to be
    non-exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2.3
    If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2
    is
    greater than 2 percent, those NDO’s
    (except those within
    two
    equivalent diameters from VOC sources) whose volumetric flow rate
    total
    2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2
    may be considered as non—exhaust points.
    All remaining NDO’s
    shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOC concentrations
    during the CE test.
    3.1.3.2.4
    The tester may choose to measure VOC concentrations at
    the forced exhaust points and the NDO’s.
    If the total VOC
    emissions from the NDO’s are less than
    2 percent of the emissions
    from the forced draft and roof NDO’s, then these NDO’s may be
    eliminated from further consideration.
    3.2
    Determination of Flow Rates.
    3.2.1
    Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations
    identified as exhaust points in Section 3.1.
    Divide each exhaust
    opening into
    9 equal areas for rectangular openings and 8 for
    circular openings.
    3.2.2
    Measure the velocity at each site at least once every hour
    during each sampling run using Method
    2 or
    2A,
    if applicable,
    or
    using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emissions locations,
    design a sampling system to
    allow
    a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas
    VOC
    Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble
    the
    sample
    train
    as
    shown
    in
    Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the
    FIA
    and
    conduct
    a
    system
    check
    according
    to
    the
    procedures
    in
    119—42 8

    193
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform drift checks during the run not to exceed one
    drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120
    ±50C.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes)
    and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location
    is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least
    1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Alternative Procedure
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    119—429

    194
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable
    if the responses for all
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than 3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section
    5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    C5
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    FB
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions from the
    119—430

    195
    building, kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x
    io6
    kg/(m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    TF
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
    FB
    j=1
    CFj
    ~
    TF
    K1 Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    CFj
    =
    (C~
    -
    CDO)
    C5
    Eq.
    2
    CDO
    Procedure F.1
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds (VOC)
    emissions from a
    temporary total enclosure (TTE).
    It
    is intended to be used as a
    segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (F)
    from
    the TTE is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CF.),
    the flow rate (Q~),and the sampling time
    (TF)
    from each f~igitiveemissions point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive emission point as
    follows:
    =
    ~5.5 percent and CF~
    =
    ±5.0percent.
    Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at
    about ±7~4percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    119—43 1

    196
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel,
    or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of themeasurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass 1oop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations, the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold and
    connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    119—432

    197
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if
    it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±50percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    Gases
    used
    for
    calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion
    air
    (if
    required)
    are
    contained
    in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer
    of
    the
    cylinder
    should
    provide
    a
    recommended
    shelf
    life
    for
    each
    calibration
    gas
    cylinder
    over
    which
    the
    concentration
    does
    not
    change
    more
    than
    ±2 percent
    from
    the
    certified
    value.
    For
    calibration
    gas
    values
    notgenerally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures,
    such
    as
    dilution
    systems,
    may
    be
    used
    with
    prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A
    40
    percent
    H2/60
    percent
    He
    or
    40
    percent
    H2/60
    percent
    N2
    gas
    mixture
    is
    recommended
    to
    avoid
    an
    oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than
    1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid-, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45—55,
    and 70—80 percent of the span
    value
    in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    119—433

    198
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out—of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure.
    The criteria for designing a TTE
    are discussed in Procedure T.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are exhausted from the
    TTE.
    Using Method
    1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to
    check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable,
    while
    the
    process
    is
    operating.
    If
    there
    are
    multiple emission locations, design a sampling system to allow a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections
    5.1
    and
    5.3,
    respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    119—4 34

    199
    4.2.3
    Inject
    zero
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly.
    Allow
    the
    measurement
    system
    response
    to
    reach
    zero.
    Measure
    the
    system
    response
    time
    as
    the
    time
    required
    for
    the
    system
    to
    reach
    the
    effluent
    concentration
    after
    the
    calibration
    valve
    has
    been
    returned
    to
    the
    effluent
    sampling
    position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct
    a
    system
    check
    before
    and
    a
    system
    drift
    check
    after
    each
    sampling
    run
    according
    to
    the
    procedures
    in
    Sections
    5.2
    and
    5.3.
    If
    the
    drift
    check
    following
    a
    run
    indicates
    unacceptable
    performance,
    the
    run
    is
    not
    valid.
    The
    tester
    may
    elect
    to
    perform
    system
    drift
    checks
    during
    the
    run
    not
    to
    exceed
    one
    drift
    check
    per
    hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify
    that
    the
    sample
    lines,
    filter,
    and
    pump
    temperatures
    are
    120 ±
    SoC.
    4.2.6
    Begin
    sampling
    at
    the
    start
    of
    the
    test
    period
    and
    continue
    to
    sample
    during
    the
    entire
    run.
    Record
    the
    starting
    and
    ending
    times
    and
    any
    required
    process
    information
    as
    appropriate.
    If
    multiple
    emission
    locations
    are
    sampled
    using
    a
    single
    FIA,
    sample
    at
    each
    location
    for
    the
    same
    amount
    of
    time
    (e.g.,
    2
    minutes)
    and
    continue
    to
    switch
    from
    one
    location
    to
    another
    for
    the
    entire
    test
    run.
    Be
    sure
    that
    total
    sampling
    time
    at
    each
    location
    is
    the
    same
    at
    the
    end
    of
    the
    test
    run.
    Collect
    at
    least
    4
    separate
    measurements
    from
    each
    sample
    point
    during
    each
    hour
    of
    testing.
    Disregard
    the
    response
    measurements
    at
    each
    sampling
    location
    until
    two
    times
    the
    response
    time
    of
    the
    measurement
    system
    has
    elapsed.
    Continue
    sampling
    for
    at
    least
    1
    minute
    and
    record
    the
    concentration
    measurements.
    4.3
    Background
    Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Determination of VOC Background Concentration.
    4.3.1.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at
    4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    if possible.
    If there
    are. more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.1.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2.
    Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system check according to the
    procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    4.3.1.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.1.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check
    and sample according to the procedures described in Sections
    4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    119—435

    200
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA
    Calibration
    and
    Linearity
    Check.
    Make
    necessary
    adjustments
    to
    the
    air
    and
    fuel
    supplies
    for
    the
    FIA
    and
    ignite
    the
    burner.
    Allow
    the
    FIA
    to
    warm
    up
    for
    the
    period
    recommended
    by
    the
    manufacturer.
    Inject
    a
    calibration
    gas
    into
    the
    measurement
    system
    and
    adjust
    the
    back—pressure
    regulator
    to
    the
    value
    required
    to
    achieve
    the
    flow
    rates
    specified
    by
    the
    manufacturer.
    Inject
    the
    zero—
    and
    the
    high—range
    calibration
    gases
    and
    adjust
    the
    analyzer
    calibration
    to
    provide
    the
    proper
    responses.
    Inject
    the
    low—
    and
    mid—range
    gases
    and
    record
    the
    responses
    of
    the
    measurement
    system.
    The
    calibration
    and
    linearity
    of
    the
    system
    are
    acceptable
    if
    the
    responses
    for
    all
    four
    gases
    are
    within
    5
    percent
    of
    the
    respective
    gas
    values.
    If
    the
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    not
    acceptable,
    repair
    or
    adjust
    the
    system
    and
    repeat
    the
    linearity
    check.
    Conduct
    a
    calibration
    and
    linearity
    check
    after
    assembling
    the
    analysis
    system
    and
    after
    a
    major
    change
    is
    made
    to
    the
    system.
    5.2
    Systems
    Drift
    Checks.
    Select
    the
    calibration
    gas
    concentration
    that
    most
    closely
    approximates
    that
    of
    the
    fugitive
    gas
    emissions
    to
    conduct
    the
    drift
    checks.
    Introduce
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly
    and
    verify
    that
    the
    appropriate
    gas
    flow
    rate
    and
    pressure
    are
    present
    at
    the
    FIA.
    Record
    the
    measurement
    system
    responses
    to
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gases.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if
    the
    difference
    between
    the
    drift
    check
    measurement
    and
    the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1
    is
    less
    than
    3
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    Conduct
    a
    system
    drift
    check
    at
    the
    end
    of
    each
    run.
    5.3
    System
    Check.
    Inject
    the
    high
    range
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    inlet
    of
    the
    sampling
    probe
    and
    record
    the
    response.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if
    the
    measurement
    system
    response
    is
    within
    5
    percent
    of
    the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1
    for
    the
    high
    range
    calibration
    gas.
    Conduct
    a
    system
    check
    before
    each
    test
    run.
    5.4
    Analysis
    Audit.
    Immediately
    before
    each
    test
    analyze
    an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of NDO i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    119—436

    201
    CBI
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C3
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    CDH
    =
    average
    measured
    concentration
    for
    the
    drift
    check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CFj
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    C5
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration at
    point
    i, ppm propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane..
    F
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 106 kg/(m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    TF
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions.
    F
    =
    =1
    (CFj
    C3) Q~ TF K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    CFj
    =
    (C~
    -
    CDO)
    C5____
    .
    Eq.
    2
    C0~
    CDO
    119—437

    202
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C31
    =
    (C1
    CDO)
    C~
    Eq.
    3
    CDH
    CDO
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    U
    S
    C.A.
    Bi.
    CB
    =
    -
    Eq.
    ~
    nAN
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms
    “Ar” and
    “AN”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    Procedure L
    -
    VOC Input
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the input of volatile organic compounds
    (VOC).
    It is intended to
    be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas protocols
    for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating
    and printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC introduced to the process
    (L)
    is the sum of the products of the weight
    (W)
    of each VOC
    containing liquid
    (ink, paint,
    solvent, etc.) used and its VOC
    content
    (V).
    A sample of each VOC containing liquid is analyzed
    with a flame ionization analyzer
    (FIA) to determine V.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each VOC containing liquid as
    follows:
    W
    =
    ±2.0percent and V
    =
    ±12.0percent.
    Based on these
    numbers,
    the probable uncertainty for L is estimated at about
    ±12.2percent for each VOC containing liquid.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations
    (percent,
    ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    119—438

    203
    2.
    APPARATUS AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Liquid Weight.
    2.1.1
    Balances/Digital Scales.
    To weigh drums of VOC containing
    liquids to within 0.2
    lb.
    2. 1.2
    Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative).
    Volume
    meters, flow meters, density measurement equipment,
    etc.,
    as
    needed to achieve same accuracy as direct weight measurements.
    2.2
    VOC Content (Flame Ionization Analyzer Technique).
    The
    liquid sample analysis system is shown in Figures
    1 and 2.
    The
    following equipment is required:
    2.2.1
    Sample Collection Can.
    An appropriately sized metal can
    to be used to collect VOC containing materials.
    The can must be
    constructed in such a way that it can be grounded to the coating
    container.
    2.2.2
    Needle Valves.
    To control gas flow.
    2.2.3
    Regulators.
    For carrier gas and calibration gas
    cylinders.
    2.2.4
    Tubing.
    Teflon or stainless steel tubing with diameters
    and lengths determined by connection requirements of equipment.
    The tubing between the sample oven outlet and the FIA shall be
    heated to maintain a temperature of
    120 ±
    SoC.
    2.2.5
    Atmospheric Vent.
    A tee and 0— to 0.5—liter/mm
    rotameter
    placed in the sampling line between the carrier gas cylinder and
    the VOC sample vessel to release the excess carrier gas.
    A
    toggle valve placed between the tee and the rotameter facilitates
    leak tests of the analysis system.
    2.2.6
    Thermometer.
    Capable of measuring the temperature of the
    hot water bath to within
    bC.
    2.2.7
    Sample Oven.
    Heated enclosure, containing calibration gas
    coil heaters, critical orifice, aspirator,
    and other liquid
    sample analysis components, capable of maintaining a temperature
    of 120 ±5°C.
    2.2.8
    Gas Coil Heaters.
    Sufficient lengths of stainless steel
    or Teflon tubing to allow zero and calibration gases to be heated
    to the sample oven temperature before entering the critical
    orifice or aspirator.
    2.2.9
    Water Bath.
    Capable of heating and maintaining a sample
    vessel temperature of 100 ±SoC.
    119—4 39

    204
    2.2.10
    Analytical Balance.
    To measure ±0.001g.
    2.2.11
    Disposable Syringes.
    2-cc or 5—cc.
    2.2.12
    Sample Vessel.
    Glass, 40—mb septum vial.
    A separate
    vessel
    is needed for each sample.
    2.2.13
    Rubber Stopper.
    Two-hole stopper to accommodate 3.2-mm
    (1/8-in.) Teflon tubing, appropriately sized to fit the opening
    of the sample vessel.
    The rubber stopper should be wrapped in
    Teflon tape to provide a tighter seal and to prevent any reaction
    of the sample with the rubber stopper.
    Alternatively, any
    leak—free closure fabricated of non—reactive materials and
    accommodating the necessary tubing fittings may be used.
    2.2.14
    Critical Orifices.
    Calibrated critical orifices capable
    of providing constant flow rates from 50 to 250 ml/min at known
    pressure drops.
    Sapphire orifice assemblies
    (available from
    O’Keefe Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been
    found to be adequate for this application.
    2.2.15
    Vacuum Gauge.
    0- to 760-mm
    (0- to 30-in.) Hg U-Tube
    manometer or vacuum gauge.
    2.2.16
    Pressure Gauge.
    Bourdon gauge capable of measuring the
    maximum air pressure at the aspirator inlet
    (e.g.,
    100 psig).
    2.2.17
    Aspirator.
    A device capable of generating sufficient
    vacuum at the sample vessel to create critical flow through the
    calibrated orifice when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator inlet.
    The aspirator must also provide sufficient
    sample pressure to operate the FIA.
    The sample is also mixed
    with the dilution gas within the aspirator.
    2.2.18
    Soap Bubble Meter.
    Of an appropriate size to calibrate
    the critical orifices in the system.
    2.2.19
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with
    a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however other
    span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they would
    provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be capable
    of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.2.19.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.2.19.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of span
    value.
    2.2.19.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    119—440

    205
    2.2.20
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values
    is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.2.21
    Chart Recorder (Optional).
    A chart recorder or similar
    device is recommended to provide a continuous analog display of
    the measurement results during the liquid sample analysis.
    2.2.22
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    For calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion air
    (if required) contained in compressed gas
    cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be traceable to NIST
    standards and shall be certified by the manufacturer to ±1
    percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the manufacturer of the
    cylinder should provide a recommended shelf life for each
    calibration gas cylinder over which the concentration does not
    change more than ±2percent from the certified value.
    For
    calibration gas values not generally available,
    alternative
    methods for preparing calibration gas mixtures, such as dilution
    systems, may be used with prior approval.
    2.2.22.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent
    H2/60 percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect thatreportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.2.22.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than
    1 ppm of
    organic material
    (as propane)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the
    span value, whichever is greater.
    2.2.22.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid-, and
    high-range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value
    in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.2.22.4
    System Calibration Gas.
    Gas mixture standard
    containing propane in air, approximating the undiluted VOC
    concentration expected for the liquid samples.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
    3.1
    Weight
    Difference.
    Determine
    the
    amount
    of
    material
    introduced
    to
    the
    process
    as
    the
    weight
    difference
    of
    the
    feed
    material
    before
    and
    after
    each
    sampling
    run.
    In
    determining
    the
    total
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    usage,
    account
    for:
    (a)
    the
    initial
    (beginning)
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    mixture;
    (b)
    any
    solvent
    added
    119—44 1

    206
    during the test run;
    (c)
    any coating added during the test run;
    and
    (d) any residual VOC containing liquid mixture remaining at
    the end of the sample run.
    3.1.1
    Identify all points where VOC containing liquids are
    introduced to the process.
    To obtain an accurate measurement of
    VOC containing liquids, start with an empty fountain
    (if
    applicable).
    After completing the run, drain the liquid in the
    fountain back into the liquid drum (if possible),
    and weigh the
    drum again.
    Weigh the VOC containing liquids to ±0.5percent of
    the total weight
    (full) or ±0.1percent of the total weight of
    VOC containing liquid used during the sample run, whichever is
    less.
    If the residual liquid cannot be returned to the drum,
    drain the fountain into a preweighed empty drum to determine the
    final weight of the liquid.
    3.1.2
    If it is not possible to measure a single representative
    mixture, then weigh the various components separately
    (e.g.,
    if
    solvent is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture).
    If
    a fresh drum of VOC
    containing liquid is needed during the run, then weigh both
    the
    empty drum and fresh drum.
    3.2
    Volume Measurement (Alternative).
    If direct weight
    measurements are not feasible, the tester may use volume meters
    and flow rate meters (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the
    technique produces results equivalent to the direct weight
    measurements.
    If a single representative mixture cannot be
    measured, measure the components separately.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT IN INPUT LIQUIDS
    4.1
    Collection of Liquid Samples.
    4.1.1
    Collect a 100-ml or larger sample of the VOC containing
    liquid mixture at each application location at the beginning and
    end of each test run.
    A separate sample should be taken of each
    VOC containing liquid added to the application mixture during the
    test run.
    If a fresh drum is needed during the sampling run,
    then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
    4.1.2
    When collecting the sample, ground the sample container
    to
    the coating drum.
    Fill the sample container as close to the rim
    as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.
    4.1.3
    After the sample is collected, seal the container so the
    sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
    4.1.4
    Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
    119—442

    207
    4.2
    Liquid Sample VOC Content.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the liquid VOC content analysis system as shown
    in Figure
    1.
    4.2.2
    Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that
    may
    be used.
    Calibrate each critical orifice under the expected
    operating conditions
    (i.e.,
    sample vacuum and temperature)
    against a volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Label and tare the sample vessels (including the stoppers
    and caps)
    and the syringes.
    4.2.4
    Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of
    the system.
    Close the carrier gas valve and atmospheric vent and
    evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm
    (10 in.) Hg absolute or less
    using the aspirator.
    Close the toggle valve at the inlet to the
    aspirator and observe the vacuum for at least one minute.
    If
    there is any change in the sample pressure, release the vacuum,
    adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak
    test.
    4.2.S
    Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks
    according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    Record the responses
    to each of the calibration gases and the back—pressure setting of
    the FIA.
    4.2.6
    Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the
    aspirator air supply or substituting critical orifices.
    Operate
    the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25 mm
    (1
    in.) Hg greater
    than the vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow.
    Select the
    dilution ratio so that the maximum response of the FIA to the
    sample does not exceed the high—range calibration gas.
    4.2.7
    Perform system calibration checks at two levels by
    introducing compressed gases at the inlet to the sample vessel
    while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating.
    Perform
    these checks using the carrier gas
    (zero concentration) and the
    system calibration gas.
    If the response to the carrier gas
    exceeds ±0.5percent of span, clean or repair the apparatus and
    repeat the check.
    Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to
    achieve the correct response to the upscale check, but do not
    adjust the analyzer calibration.
    Record the identification of
    the orifice, aspirator air supply pressure, FIA back-pressure,
    and the responses of the FIA to the carrier and system
    calibration gases.
    4.2.8
    After completing the above checks, inject the system
    calibration gas for approximately 10 minutes.
    Time the exact
    duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch.
    Determine the
    119—443

    208
    area under the FIA response curve and calculate the system
    response factor based on the sample gas flow rate, gas
    concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to
    the integrated response using Equations
    2 and 3.
    4.2.9
    Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures
    are
    120 ±5oC
    and that the water bath temperature is
    100 ±5oC.
    4.2.10
    Fill a tared syringe with approximately
    1 g of the VOC
    containing liquid and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared
    sample vessel.
    Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the
    amount of sample actually received.
    Also,
    as a quality control
    check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered.
    The two coating sample weights should agree
    within ±002 g.
    If not, repeat the procedure until an acceptable
    sample is obtained.
    4.2.11
    Connect the vessel to the analysis system.
    Adjust the
    aspirator supply pressure to the correct value.
    Open the valve
    on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust
    it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent.
    As soon as
    the
    initial
    response
    of
    the
    FIA
    begins
    to
    decrease,
    immerse
    the
    sample
    vessel
    in
    the
    water
    bath.
    (Applying
    heat
    to
    the
    sample
    vessel
    too
    soon
    may
    cause
    the
    FID
    response
    to
    exceed
    the
    calibrated
    range
    of
    the
    instrument,
    and
    thus
    invalidate
    the
    analysis.)
    4.2.12
    Continuously
    measure
    and
    record
    the
    response
    of
    the
    FIA
    until all of the volatile material has been evaporated from the
    sample
    and
    the
    instrument
    response
    has
    returned
    to
    the
    baseline
    (i.e.,
    response
    less
    than
    0.5
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value).
    Observe
    the
    aspirator
    supply
    pressure,
    FIA
    back—pressure,
    atmospheric
    vent,
    and
    other
    system
    operating
    parameters
    during
    the
    run;
    repeat
    the
    analysis
    procedure
    if
    any
    of
    these
    parameters
    deviate
    from
    the
    values
    established
    during
    the
    system
    calibration
    checks
    in
    Section
    4.2.7.
    After
    each
    sample
    perform
    the
    drift
    check
    described
    in
    Section
    5.2.
    If
    the
    drift
    check
    results
    are
    acceptable,
    calculate
    the
    VOC
    content
    of
    the
    sample
    using
    the
    equations
    in
    Section
    7.
    Integrate
    the
    area
    under
    the
    FIA
    response curve,
    ordetermine the average concentration response
    and the duration of sample analysis.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA
    Calibration
    and
    Linearity
    Check.
    Make
    necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back-pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    119—444

    209
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within 5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    After each sample, repeat the system
    calibration checks in Section 4.2.7 before any adjustments to the
    FIA or measurement system are made.
    If the zero or calibration
    drift exceeds ±3percent of the span value, discard the result
    and repeat the analysis.
    5.3
    Critical Orifice Calibration.
    5.3.1
    Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific
    operating conditions that it will be used.
    Therefore, assemble
    all components of the liquid sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure
    3.
    A stopwatch is also required.
    5.3.2
    Turn on the sample oven,
    sample line,
    and water bath
    heaters and allow the system to reach the proper operating
    temperature.
    Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm
    (15
    in.)
    Hg vacuum.
    Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move
    a known distance and record barometric pressure.
    5.3.3
    Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm
    (16
    in.) Hg and at 25-mm
    (1-in.) Hg intervals until three consecutive
    determinations provide the same flow rate.
    Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in ml/min at standard
    conditions.
    Record the vacuum necessary to achieve critical
    flow.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    AL
    =
    area under the response curve of the liquid sample,
    area count.
    A3
    =
    area under the response curve of the calibration gas,
    area count.
    C3
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm
    propane.
    K
    =
    1.830 x 10~g/(ml-ppm).
    L
    =
    total VOC content of liquid input, kg.
    119—445
    .

    210
    ML
    =
    mass of liquid sample delivered to the sample vessel,
    g.
    q
    =
    flow rate through critical orifice,
    ml/min.
    RF
    =
    liquid analysis system response factor, g/area count.
    Ts
    =
    total gas injection time for system calibration gas
    during integrator calibration, mm.
    =
    final VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    V1~
    =
    initial VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    VAj
    =
    VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during
    the run.
    V
    =
    VOC fraction of liquid sample.
    WFj
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    remaining at end of
    the run, kg.
    W~
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    at beginning of the
    run,
    kg.
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during the run,
    kg.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Content of the Input VOC Containing Liquid.
    L
    =
    ~
    V1~W1~=~S
    VFj
    WF)~f
    S V~ WAj
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems
    Using Integrators, Grams/Area Counts.
    RF
    =
    ~
    q Tsj~
    Eq.
    2
    A3
    7.3
    VOC Content of the Liquid Sample.
    Eq.
    3
    ML
    119—44 6

    211
    Procedure T
    Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or
    Temporary Total Enclosure
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is used to determine whether
    a permanent or temporary enclosure meets the criteria of a total
    enclosure.
    1.2
    Principle.
    An enclosure is evaluated against a set of
    criteria.
    If the criteria are met and if all the exhaust gases
    are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic
    compounds
    (VOC)
    capture efficiency
    (CE)
    is assumed to be 100
    percent and CE need not be measured.
    However,
    if part of the
    exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device, CE must be
    determined.
    2.
    DEFINITIONS
    2.1
    Natural Draft Opening
    (NDO)
    --
    Any permanent opening in the
    enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and
    is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed.
    2.2
    Permanent Total Enclosure
    (PTE)
    --
    A permanently installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through a control device.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure
    (TTE)
    --
    A temporarily installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOC
    rates.
    3.
    CRITERIA OF A TEMPORARY TOTAL ENCLOSURE
    3.1
    Any NDO shall be at least
    4 equivalent opening diameters
    from each VOC emitting point.
    3.2
    Any exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least
    4
    equivalent duct or hood diameters from each NDO.
    3.3
    The total area of all NDO’s shall not exceed
    5 percent of
    the surface area of the enclosure’s four walls,
    floor,
    and
    ceiling.
    3.4
    The average facial velocity (FV)
    of air through all NDO’s
    shall be at least 3,600 m/hr
    (200 fpm).
    The direction of air
    through all NDO’s shall be into the enclosure.
    119—44
    7

    212
    3.5
    All access doors and windows whose areas are not included in
    Section 3.3 and are not included in the calculation in Section
    3.4 shall be closed during routine operation of the process.
    4.
    CRITERIA OF A
    PERMANENT
    TOTAL ENCLOSURE
    4.1
    Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3
    3.5.
    4.2
    All VOC emissions must be captured and contained for
    discharge through a control device.
    5.
    PROCEDURE
    5.1
    Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO’s and
    determine the distances from each VOC emitting point to all
    NDO’s.
    Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO’s.
    Calculate the distances in
    terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent
    diameters shall be at least 4.
    5.2
    Measure
    the
    total
    area
    (At)
    of
    the
    enclosure
    and
    the
    total
    area
    (AN)
    of
    all
    NDO’s
    of
    the
    enclosure.
    Calculate
    the
    NDO
    to
    enclosure area ratio
    (NEAR) as follows:
    NEAR
    =
    AN/At
    The
    NEAR
    must
    be
    0.05.
    5.3
    Measure
    the
    volumetric
    flow
    rate,
    corrected
    to
    standard
    conditions,
    each
    gas
    stream
    exiting
    the
    enclosure
    through
    an
    exhaust
    duct
    or hood using EPA Method
    2.
    In some cases
    (e.g., when the
    building is the enclosure),
    it may be necessary to measure the
    volumetric
    flow
    rate,
    corrected
    to
    standard
    conditions,
    0f
    each
    gas
    stream
    entering
    the
    enclosure
    through
    a
    forced
    makeup
    air
    duct
    using
    Method
    2.
    Calculate
    FV
    using
    the
    following
    equation:
    FV
    =
    Qo
    -
    Q1/
    AN
    where:
    Q0
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or
    hood.
    =
    the
    sum
    of
    the
    volumetric
    flow
    from
    all
    gas
    streams
    into
    the
    enclosure
    through
    a
    forced
    makeup
    air
    duct;
    zero,
    if there
    is no forced makeup air into the
    enclosure.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in enclosure.
    119—4 48

    213
    The FV shall be at beast 3,600 m/hr
    (200 fpm).
    5.4
    Verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO’s
    is
    inward.
    Use streamers,
    smoke tubes,
    tracer gases,
    etc.
    Strips
    of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective.
    Monitor the direction of air flow at intervals of at least
    10
    minutes for at least
    1 hour.
    6.
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    6.1
    The success of this protocol lies in designing the TTE to
    simulate the conditions that exist without the TTE,
    i.e.,
    the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    The TTE must enclose the application stations, coating
    reservoirs,
    and all areas from the application station to the
    oven.
    The oven does not have to be enclosed if it
    is under
    negative pressure.
    The NDO’s of the temporary enclosure and a
    fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
    6.2.
    Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best
    simulates the conditions that exist without the TTE,
    i.e.,
    the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    Figure
    1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the
    concentration
    (CG) and flow rate
    (Q0)
    of the captured gas stream,
    specify a safe concentration
    (C?) for the fugitive gas stream,
    estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure
    1 to determine
    the volumetric flowrate of the fugitive gas stream
    A
    fugitive VOC emission exhaust fan that has a variable flow
    control
    is desirable.
    6.2.1
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    without the TTE.
    To minimize the effect of temporal variation on
    the captured emissions, the baseline measurement should be made
    over as long a time period as practical.
    However, the process
    conditions must be the same for the measurement in Section 6.2.3
    as they are for this baseline measurement.
    This may require
    short measuring times for this quality control check before and
    after the construction of the TTE.
    6.2.2
    After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOC
    concentration inside the TTE.
    This concentration shall not
    continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according
    to OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits.
    An
    increase in VOC concentration indicates poor TTE design or poor
    capture efficiency.
    6.2.3
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    with the TTE.
    To limit the effect of the TTE on the process, the
    119—44 9

    214
    VOC concentration with and without the TTE must be within ±10
    percent.
    If the measurements do not agree,
    adjust the
    ventilation rate from the TTE until they agree within 10 percent.
    119—450

    215
    APPENDIX C
    REFERENCE METHODS AND PROCEDURES
    Introduction
    This Appendix presents the reference methods and procedures
    required for implementing Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT).
    Methods and procedures are identified for two types of
    ACT implementation:
    a) Determination of VOC destruction efficiency
    for evaluating
    compliance with the 98 weight percent VOC reduction or 20 ppmv
    emission limit specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527;
    and
    b) Determination of offgas fbowrate, hourly emissions and stream
    net heating value for calculating TRE.
    All
    reference methods identified in this Appendix refer
    to the
    reference methods specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    VOC DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCY DETERMINATION
    The
    following
    reference
    methods
    and
    procedures
    are
    required
    for
    determining
    compliance
    with
    the
    percent
    destruction
    efficiency
    specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527.
    a)
    Reference
    Method
    1
    or
    lA
    for
    selection
    of
    the
    sampling
    site.
    The
    control
    device
    inlet
    sampling
    site
    for
    determination
    of
    vent
    stream
    molar
    composition
    or
    total
    organic
    compound
    destruction
    efficiency
    shall
    be
    prior
    to
    the
    inlet
    of
    any
    control
    device
    and
    after
    all
    recovery
    devices.
    b)
    Reference
    Methods
    2,
    2A,
    2C
    or
    2D
    for
    determination
    of
    the
    volumetric
    flowrate.
    c)
    Reference
    Method
    3
    to
    measure
    oxygen
    concentration
    of
    the
    air
    dilution
    correction.
    The
    emission
    sample
    shall
    be
    corrected
    to
    3 percent oxygen.
    d) Reference Method 18 to determine the concentration of total
    organic
    compounds
    (minus
    methane
    and
    ethane)
    in
    the
    control
    device outlet and total organic compound reduction efficiency
    of the control device.
    TRE DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining the offgas flowrate, hourly emissions,
    and the net
    heating value of the gas combusted to calculate the vent stream
    TRE.
    119—45 1

    216
    a) Reference Method
    1 or 1A for selection of the sampling site.
    The sampling site for the vent stream fbowrate and molar
    composition determination prescribed in
    (b) and
    (c)
    shall be
    prior
    to
    the
    inlet
    of
    any
    combustion
    device,
    prior
    to
    any
    post—reactor dilution of the stream with air and prior to
    any
    post—reactor introduction of halogenated compounds into the
    vent stream.
    Subject to the preceding restrictions on the
    sampling
    site,
    it
    shall
    be
    after
    the
    final
    recovery
    device.
    If
    any gas stream other than the air oxidation vent stream is
    normally conducted through the recovery system of the affected
    facility, such stream shall be rerouted or turned off while
    the vent stream is sampled, but shall be routed normally prior
    to the measuring of the initial value of the monitored
    parameters for determining compliance with the recommended
    PACT.
    If
    the
    air
    oxidation
    vent
    stream
    is
    normally
    routed
    through
    any
    equipment
    which
    is
    not
    a
    part
    of
    the
    air
    oxidation
    process
    as
    defined
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    211.122,
    such
    equipment
    shall
    be
    bypassed
    by
    the
    vent
    stream
    while
    the
    vent
    stream
    is
    sampled,
    but
    shall
    not
    be
    bypassed
    during
    the
    measurement
    of
    the
    initial
    value
    of
    the
    monitored
    parameters
    for
    determining
    compliance
    with
    Subpart
    V.
    b)
    The
    molar
    composition
    of
    the
    vent
    stream
    shall
    be
    determined
    using
    the
    following
    methods:
    1)
    Reference
    Method
    18
    to
    measure
    the
    concentration
    of
    all
    organics,
    including
    those
    containing
    halogens,
    unless
    a
    significant
    portion
    of
    the
    compounds
    of
    interest
    are
    polymeric
    (high
    molecular
    weight),
    can
    polymerize
    before
    analysis
    or
    have
    low
    vapor
    pressures,
    in
    which
    case
    Reference
    Method
    25(a)
    shall
    be
    used.
    2)
    ASTN Db946-67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    215.105,
    to
    measure
    the
    concentration
    of
    carbon
    monoxide
    and
    hydrogen.
    3)
    Reference Method
    4 to measure the content of water vapor,
    if
    necessary.
    c)
    The
    volumetric
    fbowrate
    shall
    be
    determined
    using
    Reference
    Method
    2,
    2A,
    2C or 2D,
    as appropriate.
    d) The net heating value of the vent stream shall be calculated
    using the following equation:
    n
    H=K
    CiHi
    i=1
    119—452

    217
    Where:
    H
    =
    Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm, where the net
    enthabpy per mole of offgas is based on combustion at
    2SoC and 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for
    determining the volume corresponding to one mole is
    2OoC, as in the definition of F (vent stream flowrate)
    below.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740
    x
    10~
    (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)(MJ/kcal)
    where standard temperature for mole/scm is 20°C.
    Ci
    =
    Concentration
    of
    sample
    component
    i, reported on a wet
    basis,
    in ppm, as measured by Reference Method
    18 or
    ASTM D1946-67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 215.105.
    Hi
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component i,
    kcal/mole based on combustion at 25 C and 760 mm Hg.
    If published values are not available or cannot be
    calculated, the heats of combustion of vent stream
    components are required to be determined using ASTM
    D2382-76, incorporated by reference in Section
    215. 105.
    e) The emission rate of total organic compounds in the process
    vent stream shall be calculated using the following equation:
    n
    E=K
    F
    CiMi
    i= b
    Where:
    E
    =
    Emission rate of total organic compounds (minus
    methane and ethane)
    in the sample in kg/hr.
    K
    =
    Constant 2.494
    x bO_6
    (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)
    (kg/g)
    (min/hr), where standard temperature for (mole/scm)
    is
    20°C.
    Mi
    =
    Molecular weight of sample component i
    (g/mole).
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a standard
    temperature
    of
    20°C.
    f) The total vent stream concentration
    (by volume)
    of compounds
    containing halogens (ppmv,
    by compound)
    shall be summed from
    the individual concentrations of compounds containing halogens
    119—453

    218
    which were measured by Reference Method 18.
    119—454

    2b9
    APPENDIX D
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR
    THE
    TOTAL
    RESOURCE
    EFFECTIVENESS INDEX
    (TRE)
    EQUATION
    This Appendix contains values for the total resource
    effectiveness index
    (TRE)
    equation in Subpart V.
    If a flow rate falls exactly on the boundary between the
    indicated ranges,
    the operator shall use the row in which the
    flow rate is maximum.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 3.5 MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.0
    13.5
    48.73
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    42.35
    0.
    0.0245
    700.
    b400.
    84.38
    0.
    0.0346
    1400.2100.
    126.41
    0.
    0.0424
    2100.2800.
    168.44
    0.
    0.0490
    2800.3500.
    210.47
    0.
    0.0548
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE GREATER THAN
    3.5 MJ/scm
    FLOW PATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    b
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.624
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.678
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.712
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.747
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.758
    0.404
    —0.1632
    a
    c
    0.
    13.5
    47.76
    0.
    —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    41.58
    0.605—0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    700.
    1400.
    82.84
    0.658 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0346
    1400.2100.
    123.10
    0.691 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0424
    2100. 2800.
    165.36
    0.715 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0490
    2800. 3500.
    206.62
    0.734 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0548
    119—45 5

    220
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 0.48 MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    13.5
    19.05
    0.
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1350.
    16.61
    0.239
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.
    0.0245
    1350.2700.
    32.91
    0.260
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    49.21
    0.273
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.
    0.0424
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER THAN
    0.48
    AND LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 1.9 MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    13.5
    19.74
    0.
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.
    0.
    13.5 1350.
    18.30
    0.138
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.
    0.0245
    1350.2700.
    36.28
    0.150
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.
    0.0346
    2700.4050.
    54.26
    0.158
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.
    0.0424
    119—456

    221
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER THAN 1.9 AND LESS THAN
    OR
    EQUAL TO 3.6 MJ/scm
    a
    b
    c
    d
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS AND
    LIMITATIONS
    FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
    PART
    215
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 215.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This Part contains standards and limitations
    for emissions of organic material from
    stationary sources located in areas other than
    the Chicago area counties of Cook, DuPage,
    Kane,
    Lake, McHenry, and Will and the Metro
    East area counties of Madison, Monroe,
    and St.
    Clair.
    Standards and limitations a~plvingin
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    e
    f
    .0
    13.5
    15.24
    0.
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    1190.
    13.63
    0.157
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    1190.2380.
    26.95
    0.171
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0346
    2380.3570.
    40.27
    0.179
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.0424
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE GREATER THAN 3.6 MG/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm1min)
    Mm.
    Max.
    0.
    13.5
    15.24
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    1190.
    13.63
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0503
    0.0245
    1190.2380.
    26.95
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0546
    0.0346
    2380.3570.
    40.27
    0.
    0.
    0.0090
    0.0573
    0.0424
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    119—45
    7

    222
    the Chicago area are set forth in Part 218.
    Standards and limitations applying in the
    Metro East area are set forth in Part 219.
    Notwithstanding any other provision of
    this Part,
    the provisions of this Part
    shall not apply to sources located
    in
    the Chicago area counties of Cook,
    DuPage,
    Kane.
    Lake, McHenry and Will
    unless the provisions of 35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code Part 218 applicable to such sources
    are voided or otherwise made ineffective
    pursuant to Section 218.100 of 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code Part 218.
    21
    Notwithstanding any other provision of
    this Part,
    the provisions of this Part
    shall not apply to sources
    in the Metro
    East area counties of Madison, Monroe
    and St. Clair unless the provisions of
    35 Ill. Adm. Code Part 219 applicable
    to
    such sources are voided or otherwise
    made ineffective pursuant to Section
    219.100 of 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code Part
    219.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Part may be subject to
    the following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35
    Ill.
    Adm. Code
    201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 243.
    c)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are
    grouped as follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General provisions;
    2)
    Subparts B
    -
    J:
    Emissions from
    equipment and operations in common to
    more than one industry;
    3)
    Subparts K
    N:
    Emissions from use of
    organic material;
    4)
    Subparts N
    end:
    Special rules for
    various industry groups.
    (Source:
    Amended at 15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    ___________,
    effective
    ____________________________
    .)
    119—458

    223
    SUBPART
    1:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 215.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (e),
    no person may cause
    or allow the transfer of gasoline from a
    delivery vessel into a stationary storage tank
    located at a bulk gasoline plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary
    storage tank are each equipped with a
    vapor collection system that meets the
    requirements of subsection
    (d)
    (4);
    2)
    Each vapor collection system is
    operating;
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the
    appropriate sticker pursuant to the
    requirements of Section 215.584(b)
    or
    (d);
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s)
    on the
    stationary storage tank and the
    delivery
    vessel are set to release at no less
    than 0.7 psi or the highest pressure
    allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the guidelines of the National Fire
    Prevention Association; and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped
    with a submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f),
    no person may cause
    or allow the transfer of gasoline from
    a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk
    gasoline plant into a delivery vessel unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth
    in
    subsections
    (a) (1) through
    (a) (4)
    are
    met; and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk
    gasoline plant to provide for the
    submerged filling of the delivery vessel
    or the delivery vessel is equipped for
    bottom loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (e),
    each owner of a
    stationary storage tank located at
    a bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    119—459

    224
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with
    a vapor control system that meets the
    requirements of subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b),
    whichever is applicable;
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of
    the bulk gasoline plant describing
    necessary maintenance operations and
    procedures for prompt notification of
    the owner in case of any malfunction of
    a vapor control system; and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out
    or malfunctioning component or element
    of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each operator of a
    bulk gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control
    system in accordance with the owner’s
    instructions;
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any
    scheduled maintenance or malfunction
    requiring replacement or repair of a
    major component of a vapor control
    system; and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other
    specified testing devices in proper
    working order;
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection
    system and gasoline loading equipment in
    a manner that prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 18
    inches of water and vacuum from
    exceeding 6 inches of water, as
    measured as close as possible to
    the vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater
    than 100 percent of the lower
    explosive limit
    (LEL measured as
    propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure
    described in EPA 450/2—78—051
    Appendix B; and
    119—460

    225
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during
    loading or unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on
    the bulk plant vapor collection system
    in order to allow the determination
    of
    compliance with 215.581(d) (4) (A); and
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery
    of the beak by the owner, operator,
    or
    the Agency, repair and retest a vapor
    collection system which exceeds the
    limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c)
    and
    (d)
    shall not apply to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a
    capacity of less than 575 gallons;
    or
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose annual
    gasoline throughput is less than 350,000
    gallons as averaged over the preceding
    three calendar years.
    f)
    The
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (b)
    shall
    only
    apply to bulk gasoline plants:
    1)
    That have an annual gasoline throughput
    greater than or equal to 1,000,000
    gallons,
    as averaged over the preceding
    three calendar years; and
    2)
    That either distribute gasoline to
    gasoline dispensing facilities subject
    to the requirements of Section
    215.583(a) (2). 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    218.583(b) (2) or 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code
    219.583(a) (2) or that are located in the
    following counties:
    Boone,
    Cook, Durage,
    Kanc,
    Lake,
    Madiaon, McHenry, Peoria, Rock Island,
    St.
    Clair,
    Tazewell, Will or Winnebago.
    g)
    Bulk gasoline plants were required to take
    certain actions to achieve compliance
    which
    are summarized in Appendix C.
    (Source:
    Amended
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    _______________,
    effective
    119—46 1

    226
    IT IS SO ORDERED.
    I, Dorothy N. Gunn,
    Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control
    Board
    hereby certi~ythat the above Order was adopted ~n the
    ______
    day of
    ~
    ,
    1991, by a vote of
    C
    ~
    Illinois
    Control Board
    119—46 2

    Back to top